1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
66 \default_output_format default
70 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
71 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
75 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
76 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
77 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
82 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
83 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
91 \paperorientation portrait
92 \backgroundcolor #ffffff
103 \paragraph_separation indent
105 \quotes_language english
108 \paperpagestyle default
109 \tracking_changes false
110 \output_changes false
126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
128 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
130 \begin_inset CommandInset href
132 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Newline newline
151 \begin_inset Note Note
154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
155 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
156 \begin_inset Newline newline
161 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
169 \begin_layout Standard
170 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
171 LatexCommand tableofcontents
178 \begin_layout Chapter
182 \begin_layout Section
186 \begin_layout Standard
187 LyX is a document preparation system.
188 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
189 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
190 It is unlike most other
191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
198 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
200 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
216 pt type, left justified, 5
217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
229 \begin_layout Standard
230 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
247 \begin_layout Standard
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
260 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
261 the format of all of the manuals.
262 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
263 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
280 \begin_layout Section
284 \begin_layout Standard
285 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
287 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
288 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
292 \begin_layout Standard
293 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
294 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
295 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
297 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
298 only a vertical scrollbar.
299 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
300 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
301 This, however, is due
302 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
303 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
304 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
305 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
307 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
308 this doesn't work for equations yet.
311 \begin_layout Standard
312 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
351 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
360 without resorting to configuration files.
361 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
362 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
363 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
368 \begin_inset Index idx
371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
378 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
379 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
384 \begin_inset space \space{}
387 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
388 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
390 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
394 \begin_inset Index idx
397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 Reconfiguration of LyX
403 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
406 \begin_layout Section
408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
410 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
417 \begin_layout Standard
418 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
419 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
442 that will be created when using the menu
444 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
463 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
464 \begin_inset Note Note
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
468 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
476 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
477 More about TeX Code is described in section
482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
484 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
488 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
495 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
505 \begin_inset Index idx
508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
509 Reconfiguration of LyX
517 \begin_layout Chapter
521 \begin_layout Section
522 Basic File Operations
523 \begin_inset Index idx
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
535 \begin_layout Standard
540 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
541 in addition to some more advanced operations:
544 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_inset Graphics
549 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
557 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_inset Graphics
582 filename ../images/file-open.png
583 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
590 \begin_layout Itemize
596 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_inset Graphics
603 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
604 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
611 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
635 \begin_layout Itemize
645 \begin_layout Itemize
651 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_inset Graphics
664 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Standard
679 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
680 a few minor differences.
683 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
698 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
699 you for a template to use.
700 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
701 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
702 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
710 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
717 \begin_layout Standard
719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
742 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
743 space is just that — a big, blank space.
746 \begin_layout Standard
767 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
772 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
797 will reload the document from disk.
798 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
799 and want to restore it to the last save.
808 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
809 can identify them as your changes.
812 \begin_layout Section
813 Basic Editing Features
814 \begin_inset Index idx
817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
826 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
833 \begin_layout Standard
834 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
835 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
836 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
837 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
839 We'll start with cut and paste.
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 As you might expect, the
847 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
848 various other editing features.
849 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
853 \begin_layout Itemize
859 \begin_inset Graphics
860 filename ../images/cut.png
861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
868 \begin_layout Itemize
874 \begin_inset Graphics
875 filename ../images/copy.png
876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
883 \begin_layout Itemize
889 \begin_inset Graphics
890 filename ../images/paste.png
891 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
898 \begin_layout Itemize
908 \begin_layout Itemize
918 \begin_layout Itemize
932 \begin_inset Graphics
933 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
934 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
942 \begin_layout Standard
943 The first three are self-explanatory.
944 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
945 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
954 keys also functions as the
959 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
960 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
965 to get back the lost text.
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 \begin_inset Index idx
972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
978 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
987 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
990 \begin_layout Standard
993 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
998 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1009 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1015 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1019 \begin_inset space ~
1024 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1025 will start a new paragraph.
1028 \begin_layout Standard
1029 \begin_inset Index idx
1032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1039 \begin_inset Index idx
1042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1050 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1052 \begin_inset space ~
1056 \begin_inset space ~
1064 \begin_inset space ~
1068 \begin_inset space ~
1074 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1079 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1096 button to skip the current word.
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1116 If the toggle is set, searching for
1117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1128 will not match the word
1129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1143 Match whole words only
1145 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1176 \begin_layout Standard
1177 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1178 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1180 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1185 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1192 \begin_layout Section
1194 \begin_inset Index idx
1197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1204 \begin_inset Index idx
1207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1216 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1225 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1228 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1231 or the toolbar button
1232 \begin_inset Graphics
1233 filename ../images/undo.png
1234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1238 to undo some mistake.
1239 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1241 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1244 or the toolbar button
1245 \begin_inset Graphics
1246 filename ../images/redo.png
1247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1259 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1263 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1266 \begin_layout Standard
1267 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1276 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1277 This is a consequence of the 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 step undo limit, above.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1293 work on almost everything in LyX.
1294 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1298 \begin_layout Section
1300 \begin_inset Index idx
1303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1312 \begin_layout Standard
1313 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1316 \begin_layout Enumerate
1321 \begin_layout Itemize
1326 once anywhere in the edit window.
1327 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1331 \begin_layout Enumerate
1336 \begin_layout Itemize
1342 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1348 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1351 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1354 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1366 \begin_layout Standard
1367 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1368 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1372 \begin_layout Enumerate
1377 \begin_layout Standard
1382 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1387 \begin_layout Section
1389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1391 name "sec:Navigating"
1396 \begin_inset Index idx
1399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1408 \begin_layout Standard
1409 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1412 \begin_layout Itemize
1417 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1418 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1421 \begin_layout Itemize
1424 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1427 or the toolbar button
1428 \begin_inset Graphics
1429 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1437 \begin_layout Standard
1438 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1439 (TOC) that is described in section
1440 \begin_inset space ~
1444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1446 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1451 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1452 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1453 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1454 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1455 to the document, see section
1456 \begin_inset space ~
1460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1462 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1471 option sorts the current list, and the
1475 option keeps it in the current view state.
1476 Keeping means that when you have e.
1477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1481 \begin_inset space \space{}
1484 the subsections of section
1485 \begin_inset space ~
1488 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1489 \begin_inset space ~
1492 3, the subsections of section
1493 \begin_inset space ~
1496 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1501 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1502 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_layout Standard
1510 \begin_inset space \space{}
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/down.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1526 \begin_inset space \space{}
1530 \begin_inset Graphics
1531 filename ../images/up.png
1532 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1537 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1541 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1543 So you can for example move section
1544 \begin_inset space ~
1548 \begin_inset space ~
1552 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1554 \begin_inset Graphics
1555 filename ../images/promote.png
1556 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/demote.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1567 or the corresponding key bindings
1575 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1576 So you can for example make section
1577 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1591 \begin_layout Section
1593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1603 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1608 \begin_inset Index idx
1611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1618 \begin_inset Index idx
1621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1653 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1655 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1656 is used to propose completions.
1659 \begin_layout Standard
1660 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1661 there are completions available.
1662 You can then press the
1666 key to use this completion.
1667 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1668 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1669 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1676 \begin_layout Standard
1677 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1679 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1682 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1684 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1687 by deselecting the option
1694 Automatic inline completion
1696 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1697 To accept this proposal, use the
1706 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1707 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1715 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1722 \begin_layout Section
1724 \begin_inset Index idx
1727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1734 \begin_inset Index idx
1737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1766 \begin_inset Index idx
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Standard
1801 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1802 LyX's default is CUA.
1805 \begin_layout Standard
1809 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1838 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1842 \begin_layout Labeling
1843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1847 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1848 LatexCommand nomenclature
1850 description "Tabulator key"
1856 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1857 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1858 \begin_inset space ~
1862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1864 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1871 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1875 , especially section
1876 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1882 reference "sub:Lists"
1888 If you're still confused, look in the
1895 \begin_layout Labeling
1896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1900 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1901 LatexCommand nomenclature
1903 description "Escape key"
1910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1917 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1918 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1921 \begin_layout Labeling
1922 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1928 \begin_inset space ~
1932 \begin_inset space ~
1939 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1940 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1945 There are three modifier keys:
1948 \begin_layout Labeling
1949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1967 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1968 LatexCommand nomenclature
1970 description "Control key"
1974 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1975 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1979 \begin_layout Itemize
1988 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1991 \begin_layout Itemize
2000 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2003 \begin_layout Itemize
2012 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2016 \begin_layout Labeling
2017 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2035 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2036 LatexCommand nomenclature
2038 description "Shift key"
2042 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2043 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2046 \begin_layout Labeling
2047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2065 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2066 LatexCommand nomenclature
2068 description "Alt or Meta key"
2072 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2073 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2074 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2080 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2082 menu accelerator keys
2085 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2086 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2090 \begin_layout Standard
2091 For example, the sequence
2092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2098 \begin_inset space ~
2102 \begin_inset space ~
2108 \begin_inset space ~
2116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_layout Standard
2156 manual lists all other things bound to the
2164 \begin_layout Standard
2165 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2166 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2167 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2168 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2169 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2170 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2171 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2172 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2188 followed by a capital
2195 \begin_layout Standard
2196 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2198 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2203 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2206 as explained in sec.
2207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2213 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2220 \begin_layout Chapter
2222 \begin_inset Index idx
2225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2234 \begin_layout Section
2236 \begin_inset Index idx
2239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2248 \begin_layout Subsection
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2253 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2254 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2255 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2256 numbering schemes, and so on.
2257 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2258 and format the title of your document differently.
2261 \begin_layout Standard
2266 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2267 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2268 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2269 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2270 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2273 \begin_layout Standard
2274 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2275 how to adjust their properties.
2278 \begin_layout Subsection
2280 \begin_inset Index idx
2283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2292 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2300 You can select a class using the
2302 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2304 \begin_inset Index idx
2307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2316 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2320 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2329 \begin_layout Description
2330 Article for basic articles
2333 \begin_layout Description
2334 Report for basic reports
2337 \begin_layout Description
2338 Book for writing a book
2341 \begin_layout Description
2342 Letter for US-style letters
2345 \begin_layout Standard
2346 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2348 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2349 can be found in chapter
2351 Special Document Classes
2360 \begin_layout Description
2361 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2364 \begin_layout Description
2371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2380 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2384 \begin_layout Description
2385 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2386 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2387 There are three article layouts available.
2388 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2389 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2390 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2391 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2396 sequential numbering
2397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2400 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2401 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2402 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2403 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 Beamer Layout for presentations
2410 \begin_layout Description
2411 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2412 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2416 \begin_layout Description
2418 \begin_inset space ~
2421 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2424 \begin_layout Description
2425 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2428 \begin_layout Description
2431 Die TeXnische Komödie
2433 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2436 \begin_layout Description
2437 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2440 \begin_layout Description
2441 Foils Used to make transparencies
2444 \begin_layout Description
2445 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2448 \begin_layout Description
2449 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2450 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2454 \begin_layout Description
2455 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2456 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2459 \begin_layout Description
2460 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2469 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2476 \begin_layout Description
2481 LaTeX document class
2484 \begin_layout Description
2485 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2488 \begin_layout Description
2493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2500 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2501 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2503 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Slides Used to make transparencies
2510 \begin_layout Description
2512 \begin_inset space ~
2515 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2516 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2519 \begin_layout Description
2520 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2523 \begin_layout Description
2528 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2531 \begin_layout Standard
2532 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2534 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2539 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2540 of the document classes.
2543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2552 \begin_inset Index idx
2555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2565 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2566 in the chosen document class.
2567 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2569 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2570 the corresponding module in the
2576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2580 \begin_inset Index idx
2583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2590 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2594 \begin_layout Standard
2595 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2603 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2604 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2612 \begin_layout Standard
2613 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2621 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2634 Each class has a default set of options.
2635 Here's a quick table describing them:
2638 \begin_layout Standard
2639 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2645 \begin_layout Standard
2647 \begin_inset Tabular
2648 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2649 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2650 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3109 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3116 You're probably also wondering what
3117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3121 \begin_inset space ~
3125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3129 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3130 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3135 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3140 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3150 headings, there are also
3158 headings, and so on.
3159 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3160 \begin_inset space ~
3164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3166 reference "sub:Headings"
3173 \begin_layout Subsection
3175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3177 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3182 \begin_inset Index idx
3185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3194 \begin_inset Index idx
3197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3206 \begin_layout Standard
3207 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3220 \begin_inset space ~
3225 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3227 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3228 to use for your document.
3229 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3233 \begin_layout Standard
3240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3246 \begin_inset space ~
3251 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3252 You can choose between the following five options:
3255 \begin_layout Labeling
3256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3261 Use default page style of current class.
3264 \begin_layout Labeling
3265 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3270 No page numbers or headings.
3273 \begin_layout Labeling
3274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3282 \begin_layout Labeling
3283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3288 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3289 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3290 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3293 \begin_layout Labeling
3294 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3299 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3305 \begin_inset Index idx
3308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3309 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3315 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3316 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3318 Check the documentation for the
3322 package for more details,
3323 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3332 \begin_layout Standard
3337 of paragraphs is described in section
3338 \begin_inset space ~
3342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3344 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3351 \begin_layout Subsection
3352 Paper Size and Orientation
3353 \begin_inset Index idx
3356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 Document ! Paper size
3363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3365 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3372 \begin_layout Standard
3373 You'll find the following options in the menu
3376 \begin_inset space ~
3381 of the dialog of the
3383 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3389 \begin_inset Index idx
3392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 \begin_layout Labeling
3402 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3406 \begin_inset space ~
3411 What size paper to print on.
3415 \begin_layout Itemize
3421 \begin_layout Itemize
3431 \begin_layout Itemize
3437 \begin_layout Itemize
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3449 \begin_layout Itemize
3455 \begin_layout Itemize
3461 \begin_layout Labeling
3462 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3467 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3478 \begin_layout Labeling
3479 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3483 \begin_inset space ~
3488 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3489 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3492 \begin_layout Subsection
3494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3501 \begin_inset Index idx
3504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3511 \begin_inset Index idx
3514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3523 \begin_layout Standard
3524 Paper margins are set in the menu
3526 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3530 \begin_inset Index idx
3533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3542 \begin_layout Standard
3543 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3544 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3545 the paper format and the font size into account.
3548 \begin_layout Subsection
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3553 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3558 That includes the paragraph environments.
3559 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3560 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3561 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3562 paragraph environments to
3566 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3567 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3568 the conversion and why it failed.
3571 \begin_layout Section
3572 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3573 \begin_inset Index idx
3576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3577 Paragraph ! Indentation
3585 \begin_layout Subsection
3587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3589 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3596 \begin_layout Standard
3597 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3598 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3601 \begin_layout Standard
3602 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3603 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3604 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3605 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3609 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3615 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3616 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3617 language than English.
3618 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3621 \begin_layout Standard
3622 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3623 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3625 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3626 LyX takes care of that.
3627 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3629 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3630 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3631 of a page, and so on.
3635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3636 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3641 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3642 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3646 of these pre-coded spacings.
3647 We'll explain more later.
3650 \begin_layout Subsection
3651 Paragraph Separation
3652 \begin_inset Index idx
3655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3656 Paragraph ! Separation
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 To separate paragraphs, select
3676 \begin_inset space ~
3683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3687 \begin_inset Index idx
3690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3697 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3698 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3701 \begin_layout Standard
3711 \begin_layout Standard
3712 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3713 \begin_inset space ~
3717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3719 reference "cap:Units"
3724 The default length is 30
3725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3731 \begin_layout Subsection
3735 \begin_layout Standard
3736 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3739 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3741 \begin_inset space ~
3746 dialog and toggle the
3749 \begin_inset space ~
3754 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3755 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3756 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3762 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3765 \begin_layout Subsection
3767 \begin_inset Index idx
3770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3771 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3779 \begin_layout Standard
3782 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3786 \begin_inset Index idx
3789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3798 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3801 \begin_inset space ~
3810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3811 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3816 \begin_inset Index idx
3819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3820 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3825 installed to use this feature.
3833 \begin_layout Section
3834 Paragraph Environments
3835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3837 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3842 \begin_inset Index idx
3845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3846 Paragraph ! Environments
3852 \begin_inset Index idx
3855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3856 Paragraph environments|(
3864 \begin_layout Subsection
3868 \begin_layout Standard
3869 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3891 \begin_inset Newline newline
3894 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3895 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3896 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3905 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3908 \begin_layout Standard
3909 A paragraph environment is simply a
3910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3917 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3918 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3919 scheme, labels, and so on.
3920 Additionally, you can
3921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3928 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3929 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3930 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3931 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3932 days of typewriters.
3933 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3935 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3938 \begin_layout Standard
3939 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3940 \begin_inset Graphics
3941 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3947 at the left end of the toolbar.
3948 LyX will change the environment of the
3952 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3953 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3954 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3958 \begin_layout Standard
3967 create a new paragraph using the
3971 paragraph environment.
3973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3980 because if you are in one of these environments:
3983 \begin_layout Itemize
3989 \begin_layout Itemize
3995 \begin_layout Itemize
4001 \begin_layout Itemize
4007 \begin_layout Itemize
4013 \begin_layout Itemize
4019 \begin_layout Itemize
4025 \begin_layout Standard
4026 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4030 , rather than resetting it to
4035 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4036 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4037 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4038 \begin_inset space ~
4042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4044 reference "sec:Nesting"
4049 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4054 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4055 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4059 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4065 \begin_layout Subsection
4069 \begin_layout Standard
4070 The default paragraph environment is
4075 It creates a plain paragraph.
4076 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4077 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4078 this manual) are in the
4085 \begin_layout Standard
4086 You can nest a paragraph using the
4090 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4098 \begin_layout Subsection
4100 \begin_inset Index idx
4103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4112 \begin_layout Standard
4113 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4122 for thanks or contact information.
4123 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4124 page along with today's date.
4125 For other types of documents, the title
4126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4133 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4137 \begin_layout Standard
4138 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4152 Here's how you use them:
4155 \begin_layout Itemize
4156 Put the title of your document in the
4163 \begin_layout Itemize
4164 Put the author name in the
4171 \begin_layout Itemize
4172 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4173 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4179 Note that using this environment is optional.
4180 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4181 If you don't want any date, add the line
4182 \begin_inset Newline newline
4192 \begin_inset Newline newline
4195 to the preamble of your document (menu
4197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4203 \begin_layout Standard
4204 You can use footnotes to insert
4205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4212 or contact information.
4215 \begin_layout Subsection
4217 \begin_inset Index idx
4220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4236 \begin_layout Standard
4237 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4238 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 \begin_inset Index idx
4246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4247 Section headings ! Numbered
4255 \begin_layout Standard
4256 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4260 \begin_layout Enumerate
4266 \begin_layout Enumerate
4272 \begin_layout Enumerate
4278 \begin_layout Enumerate
4284 \begin_layout Enumerate
4290 \begin_layout Enumerate
4296 \begin_layout Enumerate
4302 \begin_layout Standard
4303 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4304 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4305 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4308 \begin_layout Standard
4309 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4310 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4311 You group the book into chapters.
4312 LyX does similar grouping:
4315 \begin_layout Itemize
4320 is divided in either
4331 \begin_layout Itemize
4343 \begin_layout Itemize
4355 \begin_layout Itemize
4367 \begin_layout Itemize
4379 \begin_layout Itemize
4391 \begin_layout Standard
4392 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4400 Not all document types use the
4404 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4409 is the top-level heading.
4417 \begin_layout Standard
4422 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4423 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4425 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4437 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4439 \begin_inset Index idx
4442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4443 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4451 \begin_layout Standard
4452 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4456 \begin_layout Enumerate
4462 \begin_layout Enumerate
4468 \begin_layout Enumerate
4474 \begin_layout Enumerate
4480 \begin_layout Enumerate
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4495 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4496 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4497 table of contents, see section
4498 \begin_inset space ~
4502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4512 Changing the Numbering
4513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4515 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4522 \begin_layout Standard
4523 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4524 in the Table of Contents.
4525 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4527 Certain classes start with
4541 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4551 This is something you can change.
4554 \begin_layout Standard
4557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4563 \begin_inset Index idx
4566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4577 \begin_inset space ~
4581 \begin_inset space ~
4586 you'll see two counters.
4591 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4593 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4597 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4598 Short Titles of Headings
4599 \begin_inset Index idx
4602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4603 Section headings ! Short titles
4612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4621 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4628 \begin_layout Standard
4629 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4630 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4631 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4632 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4635 \begin_layout Standard
4636 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4637 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4638 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4639 To specify a short title, use the menu
4641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4643 \begin_inset space ~
4649 This will insert a box labeled
4650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4665 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4666 This also works for captions inside floats.
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4673 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4677 \begin_layout Standard
4678 The following information applies to all section headings:
4681 \begin_layout Itemize
4682 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4685 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4690 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4693 \begin_layout Itemize
4694 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4697 \begin_layout Subsection
4698 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4701 \begin_layout Standard
4702 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4716 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4717 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4718 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4719 the text they contain.
4720 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4728 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4731 \begin_layout Standard
4732 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4741 when you start a new paragraph.
4742 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4746 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4747 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4748 to change back to the
4752 environment yourself.
4755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4772 \begin_inset Index idx
4775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4784 \begin_layout Standard
4785 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4786 time for the differences.
4795 are identical except for one difference:
4799 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4808 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4811 \begin_layout Standard
4812 Here's an example of the
4825 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4827 See – no indentation!
4831 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4832 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4833 the other paragraph.
4836 \begin_layout Standard
4837 Here's another example, this time in the
4844 \begin_layout Quotation
4850 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4851 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4852 the first line, then
4856 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4860 you were quoting other text.
4863 \begin_layout Quotation
4864 Here's a new paragraph.
4865 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4866 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4869 \begin_layout Standard
4870 As the examples show,
4874 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4875 They should put quotes in the
4880 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4884 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4893 \begin_inset Index idx
4896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4905 \begin_inset Index idx
4908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4924 \begin_layout Standard
4929 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4935 \begin_inset Newline newline
4938 Which I did not rehearse!
4942 It could be much worse.
4943 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4945 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4946 indented a bit more than the first.
4947 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4953 \begin_inset Newline newline
4956 And make things look fine
4957 \begin_inset Newline newline
4963 arg "newline-insert newline"
4969 \begin_layout Standard
4974 does not indent both margins.
4975 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4976 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4983 arg "newline-insert newline"
4989 \begin_layout Subsection
4991 \begin_inset Index idx
4994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5010 \begin_layout Standard
5011 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5021 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5030 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5031 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5032 some general features of all four of them.
5035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5039 \begin_layout Standard
5040 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5042 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5051 reset the environment to
5055 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5056 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5057 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5061 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5064 to break paragraphs.
5067 \begin_layout Standard
5068 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5069 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5071 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5072 you read all of section
5073 \begin_inset space ~
5077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5079 reference "sec:Nesting"
5087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5093 \begin_inset Index idx
5096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5112 \begin_layout Standard
5113 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5117 paragraph environment.
5118 It has the following properties:
5121 \begin_layout Itemize
5122 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5126 \begin_layout Itemize
5127 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5130 \begin_layout Itemize
5131 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5135 \begin_layout Itemize
5136 The items can have any length.
5137 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5138 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5145 \begin_layout Itemize
5150 environment inside another
5154 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5163 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5166 \begin_layout Itemize
5168 \begin_inset space ~
5172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5174 reference "sec:Nesting"
5178 for a full explanation of nesting.
5182 \begin_layout Standard
5183 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5192 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5195 \begin_layout Standard
5196 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5197 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5198 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5201 \begin_layout Itemize
5202 The label for the first level
5206 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5210 \begin_layout Itemize
5211 The label for the second level is a dash.
5215 \begin_layout Itemize
5216 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5220 \begin_layout Itemize
5221 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5225 \begin_layout Itemize
5226 Back out to the third level.
5230 \begin_layout Itemize
5231 Back to the second level.
5235 \begin_layout Itemize
5236 Back to the outermost level.
5239 \begin_layout Standard
5240 These are the default labels for an
5245 You can customize these labels in the
5247 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5250 dialog in the submenu
5257 \begin_inset Index idx
5260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5269 \begin_layout Standard
5270 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5271 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5273 \begin_inset space ~
5277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5279 reference "sec:Nesting"
5286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5292 \begin_inset Index idx
5295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5304 name "sec:Enumerate"
5311 \begin_layout Standard
5316 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5317 It has these properties:
5320 \begin_layout Enumerate
5321 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5325 \begin_layout Enumerate
5326 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5330 \begin_layout Enumerate
5331 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5334 \begin_layout Enumerate
5339 environment resets the counter to one.
5342 \begin_layout Enumerate
5355 \begin_layout Enumerate
5356 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5357 Items can have any length.
5360 \begin_layout Enumerate
5361 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5364 \begin_layout Enumerate
5365 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5368 \begin_layout Enumerate
5369 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5373 \begin_layout Standard
5382 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5383 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5390 \begin_layout Enumerate
5391 The first level of an
5395 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5399 \begin_layout Enumerate
5400 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5404 \begin_layout Enumerate
5405 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5409 \begin_layout Enumerate
5410 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5413 \begin_layout Enumerate
5414 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5419 \begin_layout Enumerate
5420 Back to the third level
5424 \begin_layout Enumerate
5425 Back to the second level.
5429 \begin_layout Enumerate
5430 Back to the outermost level.
5433 \begin_layout Standard
5434 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5439 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5444 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5448 \begin_layout Standard
5449 There is more to nesting
5453 environments than we've stated here.
5454 You should read section
5455 \begin_inset space ~
5459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5461 reference "sec:Nesting"
5465 to learn more about nesting.
5468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5474 \begin_inset Index idx
5477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5486 \begin_layout Standard
5487 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5491 list has no fixed label.
5492 Instead, LyX uses the first
5493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5500 of the first line as the label.
5504 \begin_layout Description
5505 Example: This is an example of the
5512 \begin_layout Standard
5513 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5517 \begin_layout Standard
5519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5526 it is meant that the first hit of the
5530 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5532 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5540 arg "space-insert protected"
5545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5546 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5548 \begin_inset space ~
5554 \begin_inset space ~
5558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5560 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5564 for more info.) Here is an example:
5567 \begin_layout Description
5569 \begin_inset space ~
5572 Example: This one shows how to use a
5575 \begin_inset space ~
5587 \begin_layout Description
5588 Usage: You should use the
5592 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5593 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5595 It's not a good idea to use a
5599 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5600 You're better off using
5612 paragraphs into them.
5615 \begin_layout Description
5616 Nesting: You can nest
5620 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5624 \begin_layout Standard
5625 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5626 them from the first line.
5629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5635 \begin_inset Index idx
5638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5652 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5655 \begin_layout Standard
5656 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5664 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5669 environment is named
5681 \begin_layout Standard
5690 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5691 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5694 \begin_layout Labeling
5695 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5697 \begin_inset space ~
5700 labels LyX uses the first
5701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5708 of each line as the item label.
5713 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5714 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5715 blank as described above.
5718 \begin_layout Labeling
5719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5720 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5721 the body of the item text.
5722 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5723 label width plus a little extra space.
5727 \begin_layout Labeling
5728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5730 \begin_inset space ~
5733 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5735 If the label width is larger, the label
5736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5743 into the first line.
5744 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5745 margin of the rest of the item text.
5748 \begin_layout Labeling
5749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5754 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5759 environment have the same left margin.
5760 \begin_inset Newline newline
5763 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5766 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5768 \begin_inset space ~
5777 \begin_inset space ~
5782 determines the default label width.
5783 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5792 multiple times instead.
5793 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5802 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5805 \begin_inset space ~
5810 every time you alter a label in a
5815 \begin_inset Newline newline
5818 The predefined default width is the length of
5819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5832 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5840 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5841 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5849 \begin_layout Standard
5854 environment the same way like the
5858 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5864 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5868 \begin_layout Standard
5873 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5875 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5877 \begin_inset space ~
5881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5883 reference "sec:Nesting"
5887 to learn about nesting.
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5891 There is yet another feature of the
5895 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5897 You can use additional
5901 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5906 are documented in section
5907 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5913 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5918 Here are some examples:
5919 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5925 \begin_layout Labeling
5926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5927 Left The default for
5934 \begin_layout Labeling
5935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5936 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5943 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5946 \begin_layout Labeling
5947 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5948 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5952 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5959 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5962 \begin_layout Subsection
5964 \begin_inset Index idx
5967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5976 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5984 \begin_inset space ~
5992 \begin_layout Standard
5993 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6001 \begin_inset space ~
6007 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6008 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6009 In contrast, you can use the
6016 \begin_inset space ~
6021 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6022 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6026 \begin_layout Standard
6027 Of course, you're not limited to using
6034 \begin_inset space ~
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6048 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6049 some European academic papers.
6052 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6056 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6063 \begin_layout Standard
6068 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6069 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6073 \begin_inset space ~
6078 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6079 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6080 Here's an example of each:
6083 \begin_layout Right Address
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6089 \begin_inset Newline newline
6093 \begin_inset Newline newline
6096 When is it? What is today?
6099 \begin_layout Standard
6103 \begin_inset space ~
6109 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6110 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6111 Here's an example of the
6118 \begin_layout Address
6120 \begin_inset Newline newline
6123 Where do I send this
6124 \begin_inset Newline newline
6127 Your post office and country
6130 \begin_layout Standard
6131 As you can see, both
6138 \begin_inset space ~
6143 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6148 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6154 This makes sense, since
6162 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6163 Thus, you have to use
6170 arg "newline-insert newline"
6176 \begin_inset space ~
6179 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6181 \begin_inset space ~
6190 menu) to start a new line in an
6197 \begin_inset space ~
6205 \begin_layout Subsection
6209 \begin_layout Standard
6210 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6211 or list of references.
6212 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6215 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6219 \begin_inset Index idx
6222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6231 \begin_layout Standard
6236 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6237 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6238 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6239 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6243 in anything else or vice versa.
6249 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6250 The book document classes ignores the
6254 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6258 in a letter document class.
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6266 environment does several things for you.
6267 First, it puts the centered label
6268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6276 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6278 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6279 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6280 the subsequent text.
6281 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6282 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6286 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6290 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6291 The new paragraph will still be in the
6296 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6297 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6300 \begin_layout Standard
6301 \begin_inset Float figure
6306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6308 \begin_inset Graphics
6309 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6317 \begin_inset Caption
6319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6322 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6343 \begin_layout Standard
6344 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6348 environment, but since this document is in the
6349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6356 class, we can't do this.
6357 We inserted it therefore as figure
6358 \begin_inset space ~
6362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6364 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6369 If you've never heard of an
6370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6377 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6380 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6386 \begin_inset Index idx
6389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6398 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6405 \begin_layout Standard
6410 environment is used to list references.
6411 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6412 only use it at the end of the document.
6417 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6420 \begin_layout Standard
6421 When you first open a
6425 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6441 depending on the document class.
6442 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6443 Each paragraph of the
6447 environment is a bibliography entry.
6452 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6453 Each new paragraph is still in the
6460 \begin_layout Standard
6461 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6462 by using a BibTeX database.
6463 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6464 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6465 \begin_inset space ~
6469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6471 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6478 \begin_layout Subsection
6482 \begin_inset Index idx
6485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6486 Paragraph ! LyX code
6492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6506 environment is another LyX extension.
6507 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6512 key as a fixed whitespace;
6516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6528 \begin_inset space ~
6533 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6538 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6539 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6542 arg "newline-insert newline"
6559 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6560 So, when you finish using the
6564 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6565 Also, you can nest the
6569 environment inside of others.
6572 \begin_layout Standard
6573 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6576 \begin_layout Itemize
6580 arg "newline-insert newline"
6583 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6588 \begin_inset space \space{}
6598 arg "newline-insert newline"
6604 \begin_layout Itemize
6608 arg "newline-insert newline"
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6624 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6635 arg "space-insert protected"
6642 \begin_layout Itemize
6643 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6644 You must put at least one
6648 in any line you want blank.
6649 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6652 \begin_layout Itemize
6653 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6657 since that will insert
6662 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6665 arg "self-insert \""
6671 \begin_layout Standard
6675 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6679 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6683 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6687 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6691 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6692 printf("Hello World!
6697 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6701 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6705 \begin_layout Standard
6706 This is just the standard
6707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6718 \begin_layout Standard
6723 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6724 rc-files, and so on.
6725 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6726 as if you used a typewriter.
6727 \begin_inset Index idx
6730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6731 Paragraph environments|)
6739 \begin_layout Section
6740 Nesting Environments
6741 \begin_inset Index idx
6744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6745 Nesting ! Environments
6751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6760 \begin_layout Subsection
6764 \begin_layout Standard
6765 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6767 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6769 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6771 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6783 \begin_layout Enumerate
6787 \begin_layout Enumerate
6792 \begin_layout Enumerate
6796 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 \begin_layout Enumerate
6805 \begin_layout Standard
6806 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6807 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6810 \begin_inset space ~
6814 \begin_inset space ~
6822 \begin_inset space ~
6826 \begin_inset space ~
6835 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6836 will tell you how far you are nested).
6837 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6838 \begin_inset Graphics
6839 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6844 \begin_inset Graphics
6845 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6849 or the convenient key bindings
6860 arg "depth-increment"
6866 arg "depth-decrement"
6869 to change the nesting level.
6870 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6871 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6875 \begin_layout Standard
6876 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6877 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6878 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6879 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6882 \begin_layout Standard
6883 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6884 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6886 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6889 \begin_layout Subsection
6890 What You Can and Can't Nest
6893 \begin_layout Standard
6894 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6895 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6898 \begin_layout Standard
6899 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6900 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6901 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6904 \begin_layout Itemize
6905 Completely unnestable
6908 \begin_layout Itemize
6909 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6913 \begin_layout Itemize
6914 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6919 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6920 environments have them:
6923 \begin_layout Description
6924 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6925 Can't nest into them.
6929 \begin_layout Itemize
6935 \begin_layout Itemize
6941 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 \begin_layout Itemize
6953 \begin_layout Itemize
6960 \begin_layout Description
6962 \begin_inset space ~
6965 Nestable You can nest them.
6966 You can nest other things into them.
6970 \begin_layout Itemize
6976 \begin_layout Itemize
6982 \begin_layout Itemize
6988 \begin_layout Itemize
6994 \begin_layout Itemize
7000 \begin_layout Itemize
7006 \begin_layout Itemize
7012 \begin_layout Itemize
7019 \begin_layout Description
7020 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7021 You can't nest anything into them.
7025 \begin_layout Itemize
7031 \begin_layout Itemize
7037 \begin_layout Itemize
7043 \begin_layout Itemize
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7055 \begin_layout Itemize
7061 \begin_layout Itemize
7067 \begin_layout Itemize
7073 \begin_layout Itemize
7079 \begin_layout Itemize
7085 \begin_layout Itemize
7091 \begin_layout Itemize
7097 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_inset space ~
7113 \begin_layout Itemize
7120 \begin_layout Standard
7121 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7129 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7138 \begin_inset space ~
7142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7146 \begin_inset space \space{}
7149 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7150 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7151 section headings violate this.
7159 \begin_layout Subsection
7160 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7161 \begin_inset Index idx
7164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7165 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7173 \begin_layout Standard
7174 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7175 affected by nesting anyhow.
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7187 \begin_layout Itemize
7191 \begin_layout Standard
7193 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7201 Figures and tables in
7205 are not affected by this.
7210 Have a look at section
7211 \begin_inset space ~
7215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7217 reference "sec:Floats"
7221 for more information about
7228 \begin_layout Standard
7229 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7230 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7234 \begin_layout Standard
7235 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7243 of its own, it behaves just like a
7244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7251 paragraph environment.
7252 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7256 \begin_layout Standard
7257 Here's an example with a table:
7260 \begin_layout Enumerate
7265 \begin_layout Enumerate
7266 This is (a) and it's nested.
7270 \begin_layout Standard
7271 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7277 \begin_layout Standard
7279 \begin_inset Tabular
7280 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7281 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7367 \begin_layout Standard
7368 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7375 \begin_layout Enumerate
7377 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7381 \begin_layout Enumerate
7385 \begin_layout Standard
7386 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7389 \begin_layout Enumerate
7394 \begin_layout Enumerate
7395 This is (a) and it's nested.
7399 \begin_layout Standard
7400 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7406 \begin_layout Standard
7408 \begin_inset Tabular
7409 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7410 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7412 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7496 \begin_layout Standard
7497 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7503 \begin_layout Enumerate
7510 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7513 \begin_layout Enumerate
7517 \begin_layout Standard
7518 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7522 \begin_layout Standard
7523 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7525 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7528 \begin_layout Enumerate
7533 \begin_layout Enumerate
7534 This is (a) and it's nested.
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7538 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7546 \begin_inset Tabular
7547 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7548 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7634 \begin_layout Standard
7635 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7641 \begin_layout Enumerate
7643 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7651 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7662 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7663 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7667 \begin_layout Subsection
7668 Usage and General Features
7671 \begin_layout Standard
7672 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7681 is the innermost possible depth.
7682 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7685 \begin_layout Enumerate
7686 level #1 - outermost
7690 \begin_layout Enumerate
7695 \begin_layout Enumerate
7700 \begin_layout Enumerate
7705 \begin_layout Itemize
7710 \begin_layout Itemize
7719 \begin_layout Standard
7720 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7721 both of them in the example.
7722 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7732 For example, if we tried to nest another
7737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7744 , we would get errors.
7747 \begin_layout Subsection
7749 \begin_inset Index idx
7752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7761 \begin_layout Standard
7762 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7763 We have several examples of nested environments.
7764 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7769 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7772 \begin_layout Labeling
7773 \labelwidthstring MMM
7774 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7783 \begin_layout Labeling
7784 \labelwidthstring MMM
7785 #2-a This is level #2.
7786 We created it by using
7789 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7795 arg "depth-increment"
7802 \begin_layout Labeling
7803 \labelwidthstring MMM
7804 #3-a This is level #3.
7805 This time, we just hit
7812 arg "depth-increment"
7816 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7820 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7826 arg "depth-increment"
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7838 environment, nested inside of
7839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7847 So, it's at level #4.
7848 We did this by hitting
7851 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7857 arg "depth-increment"
7860 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7865 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7881 \begin_layout Standard
7886 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7889 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7895 \begin_layout Labeling
7896 \labelwidthstring MMM
7897 #4-a This is level #4.
7901 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7904 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7909 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7913 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7918 keep nesting things inside
7919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7930 \begin_layout Labeling
7931 \labelwidthstring MMM
7932 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7937 \begin_layout Labeling
7938 \labelwidthstring MMM
7939 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7940 and this is level #6.
7941 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7945 \begin_layout Labeling
7946 \labelwidthstring MMM
7947 #5-b Back to level #5.
7951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7957 arg "depth-decrement"
7964 \begin_layout Labeling
7965 \labelwidthstring MMM
7969 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7975 arg "depth-decrement"
7978 , we're back at level #4.
7982 \begin_layout Labeling
7983 \labelwidthstring MMM
7984 #3-b Back to level #3.
7985 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7989 \begin_layout Labeling
7990 \labelwidthstring MMM
7991 #2-b Back to level #2.
7996 \begin_layout Labeling
7997 \labelwidthstring MMM
7998 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7999 After this sentence, we'll hit
8003 and change the paragraph environment back to
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8011 We could have also used the
8027 environment in place of the
8032 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8036 Example 2: Inheritance
8039 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8040 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8043 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8052 arg "depth-increment"
8055 , after which, we'll change to the
8063 \begin_layout Enumerate
8068 environment, at level #2.
8071 \begin_layout Enumerate
8072 Notice how the nested
8076 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8080 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8084 \begin_layout Standard
8085 We ended this example by hitting
8090 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8094 and reset the nesting depth by using
8097 arg "depth-decrement"
8103 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8104 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8117 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8125 \begin_layout Enumerate
8126 This is level #1, in an
8130 paragraph environment.
8131 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8135 \begin_layout Enumerate
8140 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8146 arg "depth-increment"
8150 Now, what happens if we nest an
8154 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8155 label be? An asterisk?
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8169 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8170 So, its label is a bullet.
8171 (We got here by using
8174 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8180 arg "depth-increment"
8183 , then changing the environment to
8191 \begin_layout Itemize
8192 Here's level #4, produced using
8195 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8201 arg "depth-increment"
8205 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8210 \begin_layout Enumerate
8211 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8213 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8218 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8222 , because we are in the
8231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8250 \begin_layout Enumerate
8255 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8256 type of numbering does LyX use?
8259 \begin_layout Enumerate
8260 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8263 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8266 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8269 \begin_layout Enumerate
8273 arg "depth-decrement"
8276 to decrease the depth after the next
8279 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8286 \begin_layout Enumerate
8288 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8292 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8295 numeral as the label.Why?
8298 \begin_layout Enumerate
8299 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8308 Notice, however, that LyX
8312 reset the counter for the label.
8316 \begin_layout Enumerate
8320 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8326 arg "depth-decrement"
8329 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8330 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8331 into the twofold-nested
8339 \begin_layout Enumerate
8340 The same thing happens if we do another
8343 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8349 arg "depth-decrement"
8352 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8355 \begin_layout Standard
8356 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8361 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8375 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8381 The same rule applies for the
8385 environment, as well.
8388 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8389 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8392 \begin_layout Enumerate
8393 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8394 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8395 same detail with how we did it.
8404 \begin_layout Standard
8412 arg "depth-increment"
8419 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8420 example in parentheses someplace.
8421 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8422 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8423 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8427 \begin_layout Enumerate
8432 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8437 Now we'll add verse.
8438 \begin_inset Newline newline
8441 It will get much worse.
8442 \begin_inset Newline newline
8452 arg "depth-increment"
8463 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8464 \begin_inset Newline newline
8467 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8468 \begin_inset Newline newline
8474 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8487 \begin_layout Standard
8488 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8494 \begin_layout Standard
8496 \begin_inset Tabular
8497 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8498 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8589 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8599 arg "depth-increment"
8605 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8615 arg "depth-decrement"
8622 \begin_layout Enumerate
8627 : level #1) This is another item.
8628 Note that selecting a
8632 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8633 3 times to put the table inside the
8641 \begin_layout Quotation
8642 We're now ending the
8646 list and changing to
8651 We're still at level #1.
8652 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8653 The next set of paragraphs is a
8654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8668 \begin_inset space ~
8673 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8677 for the letter body.
8681 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8684 to preserve the depth.
8685 Remember that you need to use
8688 arg "newline-insert newline"
8691 to create multiple lines inside the
8698 \begin_inset space ~
8708 \begin_layout Right Address
8710 \begin_inset Newline newline
8713 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8714 \begin_inset Newline newline
8720 \begin_layout Address
8722 \begin_inset space ~
8728 \begin_layout Quotation
8729 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8730 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8733 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8734 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8735 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8736 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8737 as soon as possible.
8738 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8741 \begin_layout Quotation
8742 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8743 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8744 with your order, along with payment.
8747 \begin_layout Quotation
8748 We thank you again for your patience.
8751 \begin_layout Address
8753 \begin_inset Newline newline
8760 \begin_layout Quotation
8761 That ends that example!
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8765 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8766 just a few keystrokes.
8767 We could have easily nested an
8788 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8791 \begin_layout Section
8792 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8793 \begin_inset Index idx
8796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8805 \begin_layout Standard
8806 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8807 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8808 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8809 be broken at the end of a line.
8810 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8814 \begin_layout Subsection
8816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8818 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8823 \begin_inset Index idx
8826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8835 \begin_layout Standard
8836 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8838 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8842 Further documentation is given in section
8843 \begin_inset Newline newline
8847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8849 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8858 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8873 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8882 A protected space is set with
8884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8885 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8889 \begin_inset space ~
8899 arg "space-insert protected"
8905 \begin_layout Subsection
8907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8909 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8914 \begin_inset Index idx
8917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8918 Spacing ! Horizontal
8926 \begin_layout Standard
8927 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8930 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8934 The length units are listed in Appendix
8935 \begin_inset space ~
8939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8941 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8952 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8957 \begin_inset Index idx
8960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8969 \begin_layout Standard
8971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8975 \begin_inset space \space{}
8978 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8979 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8980 \begin_inset space ~
8984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8986 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8991 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8992 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8995 arg "space-insert normal"
9001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9005 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9010 \begin_inset Index idx
9013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9022 \begin_layout Standard
9024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9031 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9040 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9041 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9042 inside abbreviations:
9047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9054 \begin_layout Standard
9055 or between values and units.
9056 Compare for example this:
9057 \begin_inset Newline newline
9061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9065 \begin_inset Newline newline
9071 \begin_layout Standard
9072 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9075 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9077 \begin_inset space ~
9085 arg "space-insert thin"
9091 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9095 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9102 \begin_layout Standard
9103 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9106 \begin_layout Description
9108 \begin_inset space ~
9112 \begin_inset space ~
9116 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9120 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9124 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9127 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9130 \begin_layout Description
9132 \begin_inset space ~
9136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9140 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9144 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9148 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9155 em) space between the arrows.
9158 \begin_layout Description
9160 \begin_inset space ~
9164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9180 \begin_inset space ~
9184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9187 em) space between the arrows.
9190 \begin_layout Description
9192 \begin_inset space ~
9196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9200 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9204 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9208 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9212 \begin_inset space ~
9216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9219 em) space between the arrows.
9222 \begin_layout Description
9224 \begin_inset space ~
9228 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9232 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9237 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9244 cm space between the arrows.
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space ~
9253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9255 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9259 lists the different space sizes.
9262 \begin_layout Standard
9263 \begin_inset Float table
9268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9270 \begin_inset Caption
9272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9275 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9279 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9289 \begin_inset Tabular
9290 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9291 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9448 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9516 \begin_inset Index idx
9519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9528 \begin_layout Standard
9529 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9530 in a uniform fashion.
9531 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9532 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9533 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9534 equally between themselves.
9538 \begin_layout Standard
9539 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9544 This is on the left side
9545 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9548 This is on the right
9554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9567 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9575 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9581 \begin_layout Standard
9582 That was an example in the
9588 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9596 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9599 is one in a standard paragraph.
9600 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9604 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9608 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9611 \begin_inset space ~
9616 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9619 \begin_layout Standard
9621 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9625 \begin_inset space ~
9631 \begin_layout Standard
9633 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9637 \begin_inset space ~
9643 \begin_layout Standard
9645 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9649 \begin_inset space ~
9655 \begin_layout Standard
9657 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9661 \begin_inset space ~
9667 \begin_layout Standard
9669 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9673 \begin_inset space ~
9679 \begin_layout Standard
9681 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9685 \begin_inset space ~
9691 \begin_layout Standard
9692 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9700 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9704 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9705 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9706 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9710 option in the space dialog.
9718 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9720 \begin_inset Index idx
9723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9732 \begin_layout Standard
9733 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9739 \begin_inset space \space{}
9742 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9745 \begin_layout Standard
9746 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9749 What is correct English?:
9750 \begin_inset Newline newline
9754 \begin_inset Newline newline
9758 \begin_inset space ~
9761 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9762 \begin_inset Newline newline
9769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9780 \begin_inset Newline newline
9787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9798 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9804 \begin_layout Standard
9805 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9810 \begin_inset space ~
9814 \begin_inset space ~
9818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9822 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9834 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9840 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9844 for more information about TeX-Code.
9850 In our case write the command
9857 (note the space after
9858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9865 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9866 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9867 That is why it is named
9868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9880 There exists also the commands
9892 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9893 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9894 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9896 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9908 \begin_layout Subsection
9910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9912 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9917 \begin_inset Index idx
9920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9930 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9933 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9935 \begin_inset space ~
9941 There you find the following sizes:
9944 \begin_layout Standard
9957 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9962 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9964 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 \begin_inset Index idx
9971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9977 for the paragraph separation.
9978 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9989 \begin_layout Standard
9995 \begin_inset Index idx
9998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10004 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10005 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10007 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10008 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10017 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10026 s are described in section
10027 \begin_inset space ~
10031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10033 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10042 If there are several
10046 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10047 You can therefore use
10051 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10054 \begin_layout Standard
10059 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10066 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10073 \begin_layout Standard
10074 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10084 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10085 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10097 \begin_layout Subsection
10098 Paragraph Alignment
10101 \begin_layout Standard
10102 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10108 There are four possibilities:
10111 \begin_layout Itemize
10117 \begin_layout Itemize
10123 \begin_layout Itemize
10129 \begin_layout Itemize
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10136 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10137 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10138 the left and right margins.
10139 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10144 This paragraph is right aligned,
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10149 this one is centered,
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10154 this one is left aligned.
10157 \begin_layout Subsection
10159 \begin_inset Index idx
10162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10163 Page breaks ! Forced
10169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10171 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10178 \begin_layout Standard
10179 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10180 can force a page break where you want one.
10181 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10182 Only if you use a lot of
10186 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10189 \begin_layout Standard
10190 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10191 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10195 have to change the page breaking.
10198 \begin_layout Standard
10199 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10201 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10204 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10206 \begin_inset space ~
10212 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10215 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10217 \begin_inset space ~
10222 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10224 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10225 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10228 \begin_layout Standard
10229 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10230 at the top of a page.
10231 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10232 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10233 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10234 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10238 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10242 to learn more about
10249 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10253 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10258 \begin_inset Index idx
10261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10262 Page breaks ! Clear
10270 \begin_layout Standard
10271 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10272 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10273 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10274 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10275 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10278 \begin_layout Standard
10279 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10282 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10284 \begin_inset space ~
10290 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10292 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10293 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10295 \begin_inset space ~
10299 \begin_inset space ~
10304 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10305 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10308 \begin_layout Subsection
10310 \begin_inset Index idx
10313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10322 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10329 \begin_layout Standard
10330 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10332 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10335 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10337 \begin_inset space ~
10341 \begin_inset space ~
10349 arg "newline-insert newline"
10353 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10356 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10358 \begin_inset space ~
10362 \begin_inset space ~
10367 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10369 This is necessary to avoid
10370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10377 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10380 \begin_layout Standard
10381 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10382 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10383 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10384 set a line break, e.
10385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10389 \begin_inset space \space{}
10392 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10393 \begin_inset space ~
10397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10399 reference "sec:Quote"
10404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10406 reference "sec:Verse"
10411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10413 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10420 \begin_layout Subsection
10422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10424 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10429 \begin_inset Index idx
10432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 \begin_layout Standard
10446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10447 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10449 \begin_inset space ~
10454 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10460 \begin_layout Section
10461 Characters and Symbols
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10465 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10466 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10471 \begin_inset space \space{}
10474 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10482 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10486 for information on how this is done.
10489 \begin_layout Standard
10490 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10495 dialog via the menu
10497 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10498 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10504 \begin_layout Standard
10505 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10513 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10514 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10515 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10523 \begin_layout Section
10524 Fonts and Text Styles
10525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10527 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10534 \begin_layout Subsection
10536 \begin_inset Index idx
10539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10548 \begin_layout Standard
10549 There are two types of fonts:
10552 \begin_layout Description
10554 \begin_inset space ~
10558 \begin_inset Index idx
10561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10567 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10572 characters) in the font.
10573 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10574 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10575 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10576 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10577 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10578 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10579 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10580 \begin_inset Newline newline
10583 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10584 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10585 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10586 sizes than at small ones.
10587 \begin_inset Newline newline
10601 \begin_inset space ~
10609 \begin_layout Description
10611 \begin_inset space ~
10615 \begin_inset Index idx
10618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10624 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10625 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10626 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10627 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10628 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10629 picture manipulation program.
10630 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10631 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10632 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10633 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10634 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10636 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10637 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10638 \begin_inset Newline newline
10641 Bitmap fonts are named
10644 \begin_inset space ~
10649 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10653 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10654 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10655 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10656 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10657 use scalable fonts.
10660 \begin_layout Standard
10661 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10662 its document properties.
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10666 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10667 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10668 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10669 font to emphasize text, you use an
10670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10678 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10679 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10683 \begin_layout Subsection
10684 Document Font and Font size
10685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10687 name "sub:Document-Font"
10692 \begin_inset Index idx
10695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10702 \begin_inset Index idx
10705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10715 You can set the document fonts in the
10717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10721 \begin_inset Index idx
10724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10725 Document ! Settings
10731 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10732 font shapes roman (serif),
10735 \begin_inset space ~
10747 \begin_layout Standard
10748 The possible options for the font include
10752 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10757 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10779 European Computer Modern
10782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10801 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10802 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10807 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10810 \begin_inset space ~
10815 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10821 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10822 There are three ways to use one:
10825 \begin_layout Itemize
10826 One way is to use the
10836 Virtual means that it
10837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10848 -glyphs from other fonts.
10849 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10871 Loading the LaTeX-package
10876 \begin_inset Index idx
10879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10880 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10885 with the document preamble line
10886 \begin_inset Newline newline
10893 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10894 \begin_inset Newline newline
10899 will fix the guillemet problem.
10904 and that accented characters are not
10908 glyph, they are build of
10912 characters, the accent and the letter.
10913 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10917 fonts for words with accented characters.
10918 If you search for example for the French word
10919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10926 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 and not for the glyph
10936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10940 \begin_inset space ~
10944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 \begin_layout Itemize
10951 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10964 , consist of these three main font types
10967 \begin_inset space ~
10996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11000 \begin_inset space ~
11007 as typewriter font.
11008 \begin_inset Newline newline
11011 The differences between roman,
11014 \begin_inset space ~
11023 fonts are explained in section
11024 \begin_inset space ~
11028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11030 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11035 \begin_inset Newline newline
11042 was originally designed for newspapers.
11043 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11044 into the small newspaper columns.
11049 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11052 \begin_layout Itemize
11053 The best solution is to use the
11062 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11066 as the default font.
11067 In most cases they look the same as
11075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11076 One difference is improved kerning for the
11089 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11101 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11104 For the font size there are four possible values:
11121 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11124 \begin_layout Standard
11125 The font sizes are the
11130 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11131 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11132 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11135 \begin_inset space ~
11141 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11142 \begin_inset space ~
11146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11148 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11155 \begin_layout Standard
11160 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11161 a font to display the script characters.
11165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11166 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11171 So this has no effect for the document language
11187 \begin_layout Standard
11188 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11204 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11205 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11206 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11208 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11211 dialog, see section
11212 \begin_inset space ~
11216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11218 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11230 \begin_layout Subsection
11231 Using Different Character Styles
11232 \begin_inset Index idx
11235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11242 \begin_inset Index idx
11245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11254 \begin_layout Standard
11255 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11256 certain paragraph environments.
11257 LyX supports two character styles,
11266 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11275 style, do one of the following:
11278 \begin_layout Itemize
11279 click on the toolbar button
11280 \begin_inset Graphics
11281 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11288 \begin_layout Itemize
11289 use the key binding
11298 \begin_layout Standard
11299 These commands are all toggles.
11304 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11307 \begin_layout Standard
11308 One typically uses the
11312 style for proper names.
11314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11321 is the original author of LyX.
11322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11328 \begin_layout Standard
11329 A more widely used character style is the
11334 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11341 \begin_layout Itemize
11342 clicking on the toolbar button
11343 \begin_inset Graphics
11344 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11351 \begin_layout Itemize
11352 using the keybindings
11361 \begin_layout Standard
11366 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11367 es use a different font.
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11371 We've been using the
11375 style all over the place in this document.
11376 Here's one more example:
11379 \begin_layout Quotation
11382 Don't overuse character styles!
11385 \begin_layout Standard
11386 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11387 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11388 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11389 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11393 \begin_layout Standard
11394 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11402 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11404 \begin_inset space ~
11412 \begin_layout Subsection
11413 Fine-Tuning with the
11418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11420 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11425 \begin_inset Index idx
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11439 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11440 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11441 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11442 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11443 from ordinary dialog.
11446 \begin_layout Standard
11447 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11448 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11449 \begin_inset Newline newline
11452 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11453 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11457 To use custom character styles, open the
11459 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11467 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11468 font property which you can choose.
11469 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11472 \begin_inset space ~
11477 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11482 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11483 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11484 environments in a snap.
11487 \begin_layout Standard
11488 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11491 \begin_inset space ~
11503 \begin_layout Labeling
11504 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11518 The possible options are:
11522 \begin_layout Labeling
11523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11528 This is the Roman font family.
11529 Normally a serif font.
11530 It's also the default family.
11540 \begin_layout Labeling
11541 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11545 \begin_inset space ~
11552 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11564 \begin_layout Labeling
11565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11572 This is the Typewriter font family.
11578 arg "font-typewriter"
11587 \begin_layout Labeling
11588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11593 This corresponds to the print weight.
11598 \begin_layout Labeling
11599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11604 This is the Medium font series.
11605 It's also the default series.
11608 \begin_layout Labeling
11609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11616 This is the Bold font series.
11629 \begin_layout Labeling
11630 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11635 As the name implies.
11640 \begin_layout Labeling
11641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11646 This is the Upright font shape.
11647 It's also the default shape.
11650 \begin_layout Labeling
11651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11665 s the Italic font shape
11671 \begin_layout Labeling
11672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11679 This is the Slanted font shape
11681 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11684 \begin_layout Labeling
11685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11689 \begin_inset space ~
11696 This is the Small caps font shape
11703 \begin_layout Labeling
11704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11709 Alters the size of the font.
11710 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11711 nal to the document font size.
11712 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11713 what you want to do.
11718 \begin_layout Labeling
11719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11740 arg "font-size tiny"
11746 \begin_layout Labeling
11747 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11768 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11774 \begin_layout Labeling
11775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11796 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11802 \begin_layout Labeling
11803 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11824 arg "font-size small"
11830 \begin_layout Labeling
11831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11845 It's also the default size.
11849 arg "font-size normal"
11855 \begin_layout Labeling
11856 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11877 arg "font-size large"
11883 \begin_layout Labeling
11884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11905 arg "font-size larger"
11911 \begin_layout Labeling
11912 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11933 arg "font-size largest"
11939 \begin_layout Labeling
11940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11961 arg "font-size huge"
11967 \begin_layout Labeling
11968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11989 arg "font-size giant"
11996 \begin_layout Standard
12001 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12002 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12003 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12004 - use that instead.
12005 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12008 \begin_layout Labeling
12009 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12014 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12019 \begin_layout Labeling
12020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12027 This is text with emphasize on
12030 This might seem like the same as
12034 , but it is actually a bit different.
12040 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12042 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12045 \begin_layout Labeling
12046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12053 This is text with Underbar on.
12059 arg "font-underline"
12065 \begin_inset Newline newline
12070 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12071 when you couldn't change fonts.
12072 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12073 It's only included in LyX because some people
12077 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12080 \begin_layout Labeling
12081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12088 This is text with Noun on.
12095 , this is a logical attribute.
12096 Normally it's equivalent to
12099 \begin_inset space ~
12108 \begin_layout Labeling
12109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12114 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12115 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12119 \begin_inset space ~
12124 , which is the default
12125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12132 and means normally black, you can choose between
12165 \begin_inset Index idx
12168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12177 \begin_layout Labeling
12178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12183 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12184 the language of the document.
12185 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12189 \begin_layout Standard
12190 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12191 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12193 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12195 \begin_inset space ~
12200 dialog, the settings are saved.
12201 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12202 \begin_inset Graphics
12203 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12208 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12209 when the dialog isn't visible.
12213 \begin_layout Standard
12214 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12221 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12222 (suppose you just set the shape to
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12241 \begin_inset space ~
12253 \begin_layout Standard
12254 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12262 \begin_inset space ~
12274 \begin_layout Itemize
12280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12287 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12305 \begin_inset Newline newline
12312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12337 \begin_inset Note Note
12340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12341 For more on phantoms see section
12342 \begin_inset space ~
12346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12348 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12358 \begin_inset Newline newline
12364 \begin_layout Itemize
12369 fonts use characters with serifs.
12370 These are the small
12371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12378 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12379 The following example will show the difference:
12380 \begin_inset Newline newline
12384 \begin_inset Newline newline
12389 text without serifs
12392 \begin_inset Newline newline
12395 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12396 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12403 \begin_layout Itemize
12409 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12410 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12413 \begin_layout Standard
12414 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12415 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12418 \begin_layout Section
12419 Printing and Previewing
12422 \begin_layout Subsection
12426 \begin_layout Standard
12427 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12428 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12429 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12430 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12431 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12433 Additional Features
12438 \begin_layout Standard
12439 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12440 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12441 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12442 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12443 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12444 This happens in two stages:
12447 \begin_layout Enumerate
12448 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12449 generating a file with the extension,
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12464 \begin_layout Enumerate
12465 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12469 file to produce printable output.
12473 \begin_layout Subsection
12474 Output file formats
12475 \begin_inset Index idx
12478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12487 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12496 \begin_inset Index idx
12499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12500 File formats ! ASCII
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 This file type has the extension
12510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12522 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12533 \begin_layout Standard
12534 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12536 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12537 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12545 \begin_inset Index idx
12548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12549 File formats ! LaTeX
12557 \begin_layout Standard
12558 This file type has the extension
12559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12570 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12572 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12573 it manually with console commands.
12574 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12575 you view or export your document.
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12579 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12581 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12582 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12601 \begin_inset Index idx
12604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12613 \begin_layout Standard
12614 This file type has the extension
12615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12635 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12636 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12637 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12641 \begin_layout Standard
12642 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12643 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12644 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12645 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12647 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12650 \begin_layout Standard
12651 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12653 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12654 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12660 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12662 \begin_inset Index idx
12665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12666 File formats ! PostScript
12674 \begin_layout Standard
12675 This file type has the extension
12676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12688 PostScript was developed by the company
12692 as a printer language.
12693 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12695 PostScript can be seen as a
12696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12699 programming language
12700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12703 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12708 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12714 \begin_inset Index idx
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12718 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12728 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12731 \begin_layout Standard
12732 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12736 Encapsulated PostScript
12737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12740 (EPS, file extension
12741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12753 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12754 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12759 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12763 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12764 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12765 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12766 EPS to avoid this problem.
12769 \begin_layout Standard
12770 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12772 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12773 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12781 \begin_inset Index idx
12784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 \begin_inset Index idx
12794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12803 \begin_layout Standard
12804 This file type has the extension
12805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12821 Portable Document Format
12822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12829 was derived from PostScript.
12830 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12839 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12840 looks exactly the same.
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12848 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12852 (JPG, file extension
12853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12880 Portable Network Graphics
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 (PNG, file extension
12885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12898 in the background to one of these formats.
12899 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12900 will slow down your workflow.
12901 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12907 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12910 in three different ways:
12913 \begin_layout Description
12914 PDF This uses the program
12918 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12919 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12923 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12924 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12927 \begin_layout Description
12929 \begin_inset space ~
12932 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12936 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12940 \begin_layout Description
12942 \begin_inset space ~
12945 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12949 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12952 \begin_layout Standard
12953 We recommend to use
12956 \begin_inset space ~
12965 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
12966 works without problems.
12971 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12974 \begin_layout Subsection
12976 \begin_inset Index idx
12979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12990 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12994 and choose a file type.
12995 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
12998 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 you can use the toolbar button
13002 \begin_inset Graphics
13003 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13010 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13015 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13017 \begin_inset space ~
13023 \begin_inset Graphics
13024 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13030 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13034 \begin_inset Graphics
13035 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13042 arg "buffer-view ps"
13048 \begin_layout Standard
13049 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13050 viewer window using the menu
13052 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13058 \begin_layout Standard
13059 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13061 To have a real output, export your document.
13064 \begin_layout Subsection
13065 Printing the File from within LyX
13066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13068 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13075 \begin_layout Standard
13076 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13077 it directly from within LyX.
13078 To print a file, select the menu
13080 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13083 or click on the toolbar button
13084 \begin_inset Graphics
13085 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13090 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13091 This file is then processed by the program
13095 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13100 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13103 \begin_layout Standard
13104 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13105 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13106 printing one set to print on the other side.
13107 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13108 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13109 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13112 \begin_layout Standard
13113 You can set the parameters in the
13116 \begin_inset space ~
13124 \begin_layout Labeling
13125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13130 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13135 Note that this printer name is for the program
13144 has to be configured for this printer name.
13145 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13146 \begin_inset space ~
13150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13152 reference "sub:Printer"
13161 The printer should understand PostScript.
13164 \begin_layout Labeling
13165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13170 The name of a file to print to.
13171 The output will be a PostScript file.
13172 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13176 \begin_layout Section
13177 A few Words about Typography
13178 \begin_inset Index idx
13181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13190 \begin_layout Subsection
13192 \begin_inset Index idx
13195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13204 \begin_layout Standard
13206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13217 character comes in four lengths: the
13229 , and the minus sign:
13230 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13236 \begin_layout Standard
13237 \begin_inset Tabular
13238 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13239 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13240 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13241 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13242 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13243 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13272 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13312 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13339 \begin_inset space ~
13342 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13349 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13376 \begin_inset space ~
13379 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13400 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13434 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13440 \begin_layout Standard
13441 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 character multiple times in a row.
13454 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13455 the final output, but not in LyX.
13457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13489 math mode and has a length of its own.
13490 Here are some examples of the
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13505 \begin_layout Enumerate
13506 line- and page-breaks
13507 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13517 \begin_layout Enumerate
13519 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13529 \begin_layout Enumerate
13530 Oh — there's a dash.
13531 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13541 \begin_layout Enumerate
13542 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13556 \begin_layout Subsection
13558 \begin_inset Index idx
13561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13570 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13579 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13584 \begin_inset Index idx
13587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13588 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13593 following the rules of the document language
13597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13598 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13606 \begin_inset space ~
13610 \begin_inset space ~
13617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13628 \begin_layout Standard
13629 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13634 font and with unusual constructs, like
13635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13643 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13644 This is done with the menu
13646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13647 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13649 \begin_inset space ~
13655 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13656 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13660 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13661 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13671 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13679 as hyphenation possibility.
13680 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13681 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13682 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13688 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13689 As LyX doesn't support
13695 , you have to use TeX Code.
13696 The result looks in LyX like:
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13700 \begin_inset Graphics
13701 filename clipart/mbox.png
13708 \begin_layout Standard
13709 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13710 \begin_inset space ~
13714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13716 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13723 \begin_layout Subsection
13725 \begin_inset Index idx
13728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13737 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13738 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13741 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13748 \begin_layout Standard
13749 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13750 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13751 LaTeX then adds the
13752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13755 appropriate amount of space
13756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13760 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13762 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13765 \begin_layout Standard
13766 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13767 not work in all cases.
13769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13780 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13781 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 Here are some examples of
13789 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13792 \begin_layout Itemize
13797 \begin_layout Itemize
13802 \begin_layout Standard
13803 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13806 \begin_layout Itemize
13808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13812 this is too much space!
13815 \begin_layout Itemize
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13825 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13828 \begin_layout Enumerate
13832 \begin_inset space ~
13837 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13838 \begin_inset space ~
13842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13844 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13849 \begin_inset Index idx
13852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13853 Spaces ! inter-word
13861 \begin_layout Enumerate
13865 \begin_inset space ~
13870 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13871 \begin_inset space ~
13875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13877 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13882 \begin_inset Index idx
13885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13894 \begin_layout Enumerate
13898 \begin_inset space ~
13902 \begin_inset space ~
13906 \begin_inset space ~
13913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13915 \begin_inset space ~
13920 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13921 This function is also bound to
13924 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13930 \begin_layout Standard
13931 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13934 \begin_layout Itemize
13936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13940 \begin_inset space \space{}
13943 this is too much space!
13946 \begin_layout Itemize
13947 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13951 \begin_layout Standard
13952 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13953 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
13954 will take care of this.
13957 \begin_layout Standard
13958 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13962 \begin_inset space ~
13967 feature described in section
13973 Additional Features
13978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13980 \begin_inset Index idx
13983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13984 Typography ! Quotes
13990 \begin_inset Index idx
13993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14024 \begin_layout Standard
14025 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14026 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14027 and use a closing quote at the end.
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 The keyboard character,
14041 , generates this automatically.
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14045 You can change the behavior of the
14049 key using the submenu
14055 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14059 \begin_inset Index idx
14062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14063 Document ! Settings
14071 \begin_layout Standard
14072 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14077 There are six choices:
14080 \begin_layout Labeling
14081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14093 Use quotes like this
14094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14102 \begin_inset Quotes els
14106 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14112 \begin_layout Labeling
14113 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14116 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14120 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14126 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14130 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14140 \begin_layout Labeling
14141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14144 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14148 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14154 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14158 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14162 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14166 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14172 \begin_layout Labeling
14173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14176 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14186 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14194 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14198 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14204 \begin_layout Labeling
14205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14208 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14212 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14218 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14222 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14230 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14236 \begin_layout Labeling
14237 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14240 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14244 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14250 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14254 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14258 \begin_inset Quotes als
14262 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14269 These settings affect what character the
14276 \begin_layout Subsection
14278 \begin_inset Index idx
14281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14282 Typography ! Ligatures
14288 \begin_inset Index idx
14291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14322 name "sub:Ligatures"
14329 \begin_layout Standard
14330 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14331 print them as single characters.
14332 These groups are known as
14337 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14339 Here are the standard ligatures:
14342 \begin_layout Itemize
14346 \begin_layout Itemize
14350 \begin_layout Itemize
14354 \begin_layout Itemize
14358 \begin_layout Itemize
14362 \begin_layout Standard
14363 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14366 \begin_layout Standard
14367 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14368 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14376 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14392 To break a ligature, use
14394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14395 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14397 \begin_inset space ~
14404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14415 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14432 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14440 \begin_layout Subsection
14442 \begin_inset Index idx
14445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14454 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14461 \begin_layout Standard
14462 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14463 characters in different sizes and heights.
14464 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14465 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14485 \begin_inset Note Note
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14497 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14498 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14503 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14507 \begin_layout Description
14508 LyX The name of the game, write
14509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14530 \begin_layout Description
14531 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_layout Description
14554 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 \begin_layout Description
14577 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14599 \begin_layout Standard
14600 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14613 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14614 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14615 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14618 : The actual version is
14619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14626 , the previous one was
14627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14637 \begin_layout Standard
14638 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14643 \begin_inset space \space{}
14646 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14648 This will look in LyX like:
14649 \begin_inset Graphics
14650 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14656 \begin_inset Newline newline
14659 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14660 \begin_inset space ~
14664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14666 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14673 \begin_layout Subsection
14675 \begin_inset Index idx
14678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14687 \begin_layout Standard
14688 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14689 space between two words.
14690 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14700 for units use the menu
14702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14703 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14705 \begin_inset space ~
14713 arg "space-insert thin"
14719 \begin_layout Standard
14720 Here's an example to show the differences:
14723 \begin_layout Standard
14724 \begin_inset Tabular
14725 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14726 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14727 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14728 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14735 \begin_inset space ~
14739 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14751 space between number and unit
14758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14767 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14779 half space between number and unit
14792 \begin_layout Subsection
14794 \begin_inset Index idx
14797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14798 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14806 \begin_layout Standard
14807 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14809 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14810 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14811 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14812 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14813 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14814 These bits of text became known as
14825 \begin_layout Standard
14826 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14827 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14828 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14829 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14830 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14831 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14832 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14835 \begin_layout Standard
14836 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14837 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14838 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14839 \begin_inset space ~
14843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14845 key "latexcompanion"
14850 \begin_inset space ~
14854 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14860 ] may have more information.
14861 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14864 \begin_layout Chapter
14865 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14866 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14868 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14875 \begin_layout Standard
14876 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14881 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14884 \begin_layout Section
14886 \begin_inset Index idx
14889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14905 \begin_layout Standard
14906 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14909 \begin_layout Description
14911 \begin_inset space ~
14914 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14915 \begin_inset Newline newline
14919 \begin_inset Note Note
14922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14923 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14931 \begin_layout Description
14932 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14933 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14935 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14936 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14937 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14940 \begin_inset Newline newline
14944 \begin_inset Note Comment
14947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14948 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14956 \begin_layout Description
14958 \begin_inset space ~
14961 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14962 \begin_inset Newline newline
14966 \begin_inset Newline newline
14970 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14979 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14980 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14981 How this can be done is explained in the
14990 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14996 \begin_inset Newline newline
15000 \begin_inset Newline newline
15003 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15004 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15009 \begin_inset Graphics
15010 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15012 scaleBeforeRotation
15018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15022 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15025 \begin_layout Section
15027 \begin_inset Index idx
15030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15039 name "sec:Footnotes"
15046 \begin_layout Standard
15047 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15053 or the toolbar button
15054 \begin_inset Graphics
15055 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15068 \begin_inset Graphics
15069 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15078 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15107 label, the box will
15111 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15112 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15125 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15141 \begin_layout Standard
15142 Here's an example footnote:
15150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15151 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15159 \begin_layout Standard
15160 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15161 position where the footnote box is placed.
15162 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15163 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15164 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15165 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15166 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15171 ey are described in the
15178 \begin_layout Section
15180 \begin_inset Index idx
15183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15192 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15199 \begin_layout Standard
15200 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15201 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15205 \begin_inset space ~
15210 or the toolbar button
15211 \begin_inset Graphics
15212 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15239 appearing within your text.
15240 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15249 \begin_layout Standard
15250 At the side is an example marginal note.
15254 \begin_inset Marginal
15257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 This is a marginal note.
15266 \begin_layout Standard
15267 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15268 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15269 pages, right on odd pages.
15272 \begin_layout Section
15273 Graphics and Images
15274 \begin_inset Index idx
15277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15284 \begin_inset Index idx
15287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15296 name "sec:Graphics"
15303 \begin_layout Standard
15304 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15305 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15306 \begin_inset Graphics
15307 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15317 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15321 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15326 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15327 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15329 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15330 \begin_inset space ~
15334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15336 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15348 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15349 of the image in the output.
15350 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15354 \begin_inset space ~
15358 \begin_inset space ~
15367 \begin_inset space ~
15371 \begin_inset space ~
15375 \begin_inset space ~
15380 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15381 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15389 \begin_layout Standard
15392 LaTeX and LyX options
15394 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15395 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15399 \begin_inset space ~
15404 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15405 with the image size is printed.
15409 \begin_inset space ~
15413 \begin_inset space ~
15417 \begin_inset space ~
15422 is explained in the
15433 \begin_layout Standard
15434 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15435 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15437 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15443 \begin_inset Graphics
15444 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15446 rotateOrigin center
15453 \begin_layout Standard
15454 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15455 the image into a float, see section
15456 \begin_inset space ~
15460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15462 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15469 \begin_layout Subsection
15471 \begin_inset Index idx
15474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15483 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15491 You can insert images in any known file format.
15492 But as we explained in section
15493 \begin_inset space ~
15497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15499 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15503 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15504 LyX uses therefore the program
15508 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15509 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15510 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15511 \begin_inset space ~
15515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15517 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15524 \begin_layout Standard
15525 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15528 \begin_layout Description
15530 \begin_inset space ~
15533 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15534 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15535 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15539 Graphics Interchange Format
15540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15543 (GIF, file extension
15544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15556 \begin_inset Index idx
15559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15591 Portable Network Graphics
15592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15595 (PNG, file extension
15596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15608 \begin_inset Index idx
15611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15643 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15647 (JPG, file extension
15648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15672 \begin_inset Index idx
15675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_layout Description
15708 \begin_inset space ~
15711 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15713 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15714 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15715 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15716 \begin_inset Newline newline
15719 Scalable image formats can be
15720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15723 Scalable Vector Graphics
15724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15727 (SVG, file extension
15728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 \begin_inset Index idx
15743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15775 Encapsulated PostScript
15776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15779 (EPS, file extension
15780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15792 \begin_inset Index idx
15795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15827 Portable Document Format
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15831 (PDF, file extension
15832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15844 \begin_inset Index idx
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15854 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15855 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15856 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15862 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15871 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15875 \begin_layout Subsection
15876 Grouping of Image Settings
15877 \begin_inset Index idx
15880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 Images ! Settings grouping
15889 \begin_layout Standard
15890 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15892 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15893 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15895 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15896 need to manually change each of them.
15900 \begin_layout Standard
15901 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15904 \begin_inset space ~
15909 field in the Graphics dialog.
15910 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15911 by checking the name of the desired group.
15914 \begin_layout Section
15916 \begin_inset Index idx
15919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15936 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15937 \begin_inset Graphics
15938 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15949 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15950 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15951 from the rest of the table.
15952 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15953 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15955 Here's an example table:
15958 \begin_layout Standard
15960 \begin_inset Tabular
15961 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15962 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16166 \begin_layout Subsection
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16171 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16172 brings up the table dialog.
16173 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16174 where the cursor is placed currently.
16175 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16176 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16177 done on all of your selection.
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16181 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16184 \begin_inset space ~
16189 helps you in setting table properties.
16190 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16193 \begin_layout Standard
16197 \begin_inset space ~
16202 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16203 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16204 current cell respectively.
16205 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16207 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16208 of text, see section
16209 \begin_inset space ~
16213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16215 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16222 \begin_layout Standard
16223 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16229 This will merge the cells to
16233 cell, spread over more than one column.
16234 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16235 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16236 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16237 in the last row without the upper border:
16240 \begin_layout Standard
16242 \begin_inset Tabular
16243 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16244 <features tabularvalignment="middle" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16245 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16246 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16247 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16248 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16259 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16268 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 \begin_layout Standard
16380 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16381 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16382 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16383 explained in the tables section of the
16386 \begin_inset space ~
16392 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16396 degrees counterclockwise.
16397 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16400 \begin_layout Standard
16401 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16409 Most DVI-viewers are
16413 able to display rotations.
16421 \begin_layout Standard
16426 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16431 adds lines for all cell borders.
16434 \begin_layout Subsection
16436 \begin_inset Index idx
16439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 Tables ! Longtables
16446 \begin_inset Index idx
16449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16459 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16462 \begin_inset space ~
16466 \begin_inset space ~
16475 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16476 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16479 \begin_layout Description
16484 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16485 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16486 except for the first page, if
16489 \begin_inset space ~
16497 \begin_layout Description
16501 \begin_inset space ~
16506 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16507 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16510 \begin_layout Description
16515 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16516 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16517 except for the last page, if
16520 \begin_inset space ~
16528 \begin_layout Description
16532 \begin_inset space ~
16537 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16538 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16541 \begin_layout Description
16542 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16543 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16549 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16552 \begin_inset space ~
16560 \begin_layout Standard
16561 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16562 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16563 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16564 The others will then be defined as
16569 In this context, first means first in this order:
16572 \begin_inset space ~
16584 \begin_inset space ~
16590 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16593 \begin_layout Standard
16595 \begin_inset Tabular
16596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16597 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16598 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16599 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16600 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16601 <row endfirsthead="true">
16602 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16608 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16613 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16622 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16632 <row endfirsthead="true">
16633 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16644 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16653 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16665 <row endhead="true">
16666 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16677 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16686 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 <row endhead="true">
16697 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16717 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16729 <row endfoot="true">
16730 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <row endlastfoot="true">
18712 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 \begin_layout Subsection
18751 \begin_inset Index idx
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18763 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18770 \begin_layout Standard
18771 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18772 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18773 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18774 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18778 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18779 for the cell's paragraph.
18782 \begin_layout Standard
18783 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18784 for the column in the table dialog.
18785 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18786 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18790 \begin_layout Standard
18792 \begin_inset Tabular
18793 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18794 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18795 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18796 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18817 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18942 This is longer now.
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18999 This is longer now.
19004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 \begin_layout Standard
19031 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19032 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19038 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19044 Selection with the mouse or with
19048 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19049 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19050 the selection from outside the table.
19053 \begin_layout Section
19055 \begin_inset Index idx
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19074 \begin_layout Standard
19075 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19076 have a fixed location.
19078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19085 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19093 \begin_inset space ~
19098 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19099 too many notes on the page.
19102 \begin_layout Standard
19103 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19104 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19105 and pages without text.
19106 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19107 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19108 Floats are therefore numbered.
19109 Referencing is described in section
19110 \begin_inset space ~
19114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19116 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19123 \begin_layout Standard
19124 To insert a float, use the menu
19126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19130 A box with a caption that has e.
19131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19135 \begin_inset space \space{}
19139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19143 \begin_inset space ~
19147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19150 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19151 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19153 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19154 \begin_inset Index idx
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19164 paragraph within the float.
19165 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19166 by left-clicking on the box label.
19167 A closed float box looks like this:
19168 \begin_inset Graphics
19169 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19174 – a gray button with a red label.
19177 \begin_layout Standard
19178 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19179 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19182 \begin_layout Subsection
19186 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19188 \begin_inset Index idx
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 Floats ! Figure floats
19198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19200 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19207 \begin_layout Standard
19210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19211 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19214 inserts a float with the label
19215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19221 \begin_inset space ~
19227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19231 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19232 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19233 This is what we did for Figure
19234 \begin_inset space ~
19238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19240 reference "cap:Platypus"
19245 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19246 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19247 This was done in Figure
19248 \begin_inset space ~
19252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19254 reference "cap:Escher"
19261 \begin_layout Standard
19262 \begin_inset Float figure
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 \begin_inset Graphics
19270 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19272 rotateOrigin center
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 \begin_inset Caption
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19285 name "cap:Platypus"
19289 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19302 \begin_layout Standard
19303 \begin_inset Float figure
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 \begin_inset Caption
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 \begin_inset Graphics
19330 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19332 rotateOrigin center
19344 \begin_layout Standard
19345 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19347 As described in section
19348 \begin_inset space ~
19352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19354 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19358 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19363 and refer to it using the menu
19365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19369 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19378 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19390 \begin_layout Standard
19391 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19392 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19393 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19394 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19396 \begin_inset space ~
19400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19402 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19406 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19407 You can also set the images one below the other.
19409 \begin_inset space ~
19413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19415 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19422 reference "fig:Platypus"
19426 are the subfigures.
19429 \begin_layout Standard
19430 \begin_inset Float figure
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19440 \begin_inset Float figure
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 \begin_inset Caption
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19451 name "fig:Undefinable"
19463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 \begin_inset Graphics
19465 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19480 \begin_inset Float figure
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 \begin_inset Caption
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19491 name "fig:Platypus"
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 \begin_inset Graphics
19505 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19517 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 \begin_inset Caption
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19529 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19533 Two distorted images.
19546 \begin_layout Standard
19547 Note that the caption is added to the
19550 \begin_inset space ~
19554 \begin_inset space ~
19559 as described in section
19560 \begin_inset space ~
19564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19566 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19573 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19575 \begin_inset Index idx
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 Floats ! Table floats
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19591 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19595 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19598 \begin_inset space ~
19602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19604 reference "cap:Table-float"
19608 is an example of a table float.
19611 \begin_layout Standard
19612 \begin_inset Float table
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 \begin_inset Caption
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19623 name "cap:Table-float"
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 \begin_inset Tabular
19638 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19639 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19642 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19792 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19836 \begin_inset Index idx
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19848 \begin_layout Standard
19849 This float type is inserted with the menu
19851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19852 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19856 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19857 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19861 , described in section
19862 \begin_inset space ~
19866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19868 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19875 \begin_layout Standard
19876 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19890 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19893 \begin_layout Standard
19898 floatname{algorithm}{your
19899 \begin_inset space ~
19905 \begin_layout Standard
19906 to the document preamble (menu
19908 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19915 \begin_inset space ~
19921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19935 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19937 \begin_inset Index idx
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19941 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19949 \begin_layout Standard
19950 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 \begin_inset Graphics
19959 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19961 rotateOrigin center
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 \begin_inset Caption
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19974 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19978 This is a wrapped figure.
19979 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19992 This float type is used if you want to
19993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20000 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20002 It can be inserted using the menu
20004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20005 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20007 \begin_inset space ~
20012 if the LaTeX-package
20017 \begin_inset Index idx
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20034 \begin_inset space ~
20044 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20047 \begin_inset space ~
20051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20053 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20057 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20066 Available units are explained in Appendix
20067 \begin_inset space ~
20071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20073 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20082 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20086 \begin_layout Standard
20087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20100 \begin_inset space \space{}
20103 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20104 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20113 \begin_layout Itemize
20114 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20115 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20116 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20117 page breaks will appear.
20120 \begin_layout Itemize
20121 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20122 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20125 \begin_layout Itemize
20126 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20127 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20130 \begin_layout Itemize
20131 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20134 \begin_layout Subsection
20136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20138 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20143 \begin_inset Index idx
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20155 \begin_layout Standard
20156 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20157 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20161 \begin_inset space ~
20169 \begin_layout Standard
20170 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20171 have a multi-column document).
20172 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20175 \begin_inset space ~
20181 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20182 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20189 \begin_layout Standard
20190 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20191 format is also the same: Table
20192 \begin_inset space ~
20196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20198 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20202 is an example of a rotated table float.
20205 \begin_layout Standard
20206 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20214 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20223 \begin_inset Float table
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 \begin_inset Caption
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20234 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 \begin_inset Tabular
20249 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20250 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20252 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20254 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20255 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20315 \begin_layout Subsection
20317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20319 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20324 \begin_inset Index idx
20327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 \begin_layout Standard
20337 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20338 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20339 \begin_inset Newline newline
20345 \begin_inset space ~
20350 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20351 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20352 \begin_inset Newline newline
20358 \begin_inset space ~
20363 is used to rotate floats, see section
20364 \begin_inset space ~
20368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20370 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20377 \begin_layout Standard
20378 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20379 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20382 \begin_inset space ~
20386 \begin_inset space ~
20394 \begin_layout Description
20396 \begin_inset space ~
20400 \begin_inset space ~
20403 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20406 \begin_layout Description
20408 \begin_inset space ~
20412 \begin_inset space ~
20415 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20418 \begin_layout Description
20420 \begin_inset space ~
20424 \begin_inset space ~
20427 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20430 \begin_layout Description
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20436 \begin_inset space ~
20439 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20442 \begin_layout Standard
20443 The order of the above option is
20448 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20452 \begin_inset space ~
20456 \begin_inset space ~
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_inset space ~
20473 , and then the others.
20474 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20476 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20477 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20480 \begin_layout Standard
20481 By default, each option has its own rules:
20484 \begin_layout Standard
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20497 only floats occupying less than 70
20498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20501 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20504 \begin_layout Standard
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20512 \begin_inset space ~
20517 : only floats occupying less than 30
20518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20521 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20524 \begin_layout Standard
20528 \begin_inset space ~
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20537 : only if more than 50
20538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20541 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20545 \begin_layout Standard
20546 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20550 \begin_inset space ~
20554 \begin_inset space ~
20562 \begin_layout Standard
20563 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20564 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20565 For this case you can use the option
20568 \begin_inset space ~
20574 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20576 Because the float is then no longer able to
20577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20584 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20587 \begin_layout Standard
20588 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20589 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20595 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20597 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20604 \begin_layout Section
20606 \begin_inset Index idx
20609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20618 name "sec:Minipages"
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20628 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20636 \begin_layout Standard
20637 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20643 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20644 and its alignment within the page.
20647 \begin_layout Standard
20649 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20658 height_special "totalheight"
20661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20664 This is a minipage.
20665 The text is set in an italic style.
20668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20671 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20672 another formatting.
20680 \begin_layout Standard
20681 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20684 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20688 as described in section
20689 \begin_inset space ~
20693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20695 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20700 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20706 \begin_layout Standard
20707 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20716 height_special "totalheight"
20719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20720 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20721 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20727 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20731 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20740 height_special "totalheight"
20743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20745 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20754 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20760 \begin_layout Standard
20761 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20762 to other box types.
20763 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20774 \begin_layout Chapter
20775 Mathematical Formulas
20776 \begin_inset Index idx
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20786 \begin_inset Index idx
20789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20820 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20833 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20836 \begin_layout Section
20838 \begin_inset Index idx
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20850 \begin_layout Standard
20851 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20852 \begin_inset Graphics
20853 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20858 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20860 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20861 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20862 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20871 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20875 \begin_inset space ~
20880 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20883 \begin_layout Standard
20884 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20885 line, like this one:
20888 \begin_layout Standard
20889 This is a line with an inline formula
20890 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20897 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20898 paragraph, like this one:
20899 \begin_inset Formula \[
20904 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20907 \begin_layout Standard
20908 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20914 \begin_inset space \space{}
20918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20931 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20932 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20936 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20939 \begin_inset space ~
20947 \begin_layout Subsection
20948 Navigating in Formulas
20949 \begin_inset Index idx
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20961 \begin_layout Standard
20962 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20963 achieved with the arrow keys.
20964 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20965 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20970 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20971 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20975 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20979 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20981 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20989 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20994 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20995 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20998 \begin_layout Standard
21003 , printed in this document as
21004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21025 \begin_inset Note Note
21028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21029 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21030 space character (visible space).
21035 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21036 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21037 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21042 For example, if you want
21043 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21097 , since in the latter case only the
21100 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21105 will be under the square root sign:
21106 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21112 \begin_layout Standard
21113 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21115 \begin_inset Formula \[
21116 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21119 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21123 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21124 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21127 \begin_layout Subsection
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21133 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21137 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21138 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21139 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21140 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21141 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21144 \begin_layout Subsection
21145 Exponents and Subscripts
21146 \begin_inset Index idx
21149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21156 \begin_inset Index idx
21159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 \begin_layout Standard
21169 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21170 way is to use a command.
21172 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21175 , type in a formula
21181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21203 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21207 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21228 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21237 , you have to use an extra
21241 to separate the hat and the character.
21243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21247 \begin_inset space \space{}
21251 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21272 Subscripts are similar: To get
21273 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 \begin_layout Subsection
21298 \begin_inset Index idx
21301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21310 \begin_layout Standard
21311 Create a fraction with either the command
21318 \begin_inset Graphics
21319 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21327 \begin_inset space ~
21333 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21334 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21335 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21340 To move back up, press
21345 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21346 \begin_inset Formula \[
21347 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21349 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21356 \begin_layout Subsection
21358 \begin_inset Index idx
21361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21370 \begin_layout Standard
21371 Roots can be created using the
21374 \begin_inset space ~
21380 \begin_inset Graphics
21381 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21404 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21410 produces always a square root.
21413 \begin_layout Subsection
21414 Operators with Limits
21415 \begin_inset Index idx
21418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21425 \begin_inset Index idx
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21437 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21444 \begin_layout Standard
21446 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21450 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21453 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21454 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21455 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21456 The sum operator will automatically place its
21457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21464 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21467 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21471 \begin_inset Formula \[
21472 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21476 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21480 \begin_layout Standard
21481 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21483 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21484 behind the operator and hitting
21492 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21493 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21495 \begin_inset space ~
21499 \begin_inset space ~
21507 \begin_layout Standard
21508 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21516 feature as addition, such as
21517 \begin_inset Index idx
21520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21527 \begin_inset Formula \[
21528 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21532 which will place the
21533 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21545 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21546 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21552 \begin_layout Standard
21553 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21560 Have a look at section
21561 \begin_inset space ~
21565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21567 reference "sub:Functions"
21571 for an explanation of function macros.
21574 \begin_layout Subsection
21576 \begin_inset Index idx
21579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 Most math symbols can be found in the
21592 \begin_inset space ~
21597 under one of several categories; including
21614 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21619 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21620 you don't have to use the
21623 \begin_inset space ~
21628 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21629 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21632 \begin_layout Subsection
21634 \begin_inset Index idx
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21647 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21652 arg "space-insert protected"
21658 \begin_inset space ~
21664 \begin_inset Graphics
21665 filename ../images/math/space.png
21670 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21671 For example, the sequence
21676 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21680 \begin_inset Graphics
21681 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21686 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21687 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21688 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21689 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21691 Here are two examples:
21694 \begin_layout Standard
21704 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21710 \begin_layout Standard
21720 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21726 \begin_layout Subsection
21728 \begin_inset Index idx
21731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21740 name "sub:Functions"
21747 \begin_layout Standard
21751 \begin_inset space ~
21756 contains under the button
21757 \begin_inset Graphics
21758 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21762 a number of function macros, such as
21763 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21767 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21775 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21782 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21783 avoid confusions, because
21784 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21788 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21794 \begin_layout Standard
21795 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21797 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21801 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21807 \begin_layout Standard
21808 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21809 s are placed, as described in section
21810 \begin_inset space ~
21814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21816 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21823 \begin_layout Subsection
21825 \begin_inset Index idx
21828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21837 \begin_layout Standard
21838 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21840 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21841 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21846 \begin_inset space \space{}
21850 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21853 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21854 Our example is entered by typing
21862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21875 \begin_inset space ~
21879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21881 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21885 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21888 \begin_layout Standard
21889 \begin_inset Float table
21894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21895 \begin_inset Caption
21897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21900 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21904 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_inset Tabular
21915 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21916 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21917 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21918 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21919 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22003 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22057 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22111 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22480 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22501 \begin_layout Standard
22502 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22505 \begin_inset space ~
22511 \begin_inset Graphics
22512 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22516 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22520 \begin_layout Section
22521 Brackets and Delimiters
22522 \begin_inset Index idx
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22532 \begin_inset Index idx
22535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22544 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22553 For most purposes, using just the keys
22558 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22559 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22560 toolbar delimiter icon
22561 \begin_inset Graphics
22562 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22567 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22569 \begin_inset Formula \[
22570 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22572 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22576 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22577 \begin_inset Formula \[
22578 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22585 \begin_layout Standard
22586 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22587 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22590 \begin_layout Standard
22591 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22592 left side and right side.
22593 If you use the option
22596 \begin_inset space ~
22601 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22602 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22603 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22604 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22607 \begin_layout Standard
22608 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22609 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22610 inside the brackets.
22611 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22616 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22619 \begin_layout Section
22620 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22621 \begin_inset Index idx
22624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22631 \begin_inset Index idx
22634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22641 \begin_inset Index idx
22644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22645 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22653 \begin_layout Standard
22654 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22657 \begin_inset space ~
22663 \begin_inset Graphics
22664 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22669 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22670 Here is an example:
22671 \begin_inset Formula \[
22672 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22675 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22679 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22686 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22691 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22692 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22693 This alignment is set in the box
22698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22746 for every column as default.
22747 For example, the sequence
22748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22759 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22760 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22761 corresponds to the relevant column.
22762 The result will look like this:
22763 \begin_inset Formula \[
22765 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22766 column & has & has\, right\\
22767 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22775 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22778 arg "newline-insert newline"
22781 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22782 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22787 or the math toolbar.
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22792 It can be created with the menu
22794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22795 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22797 \begin_inset space ~
22809 Here is an example:
22810 \begin_inset Formula \[
22814 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22821 \begin_layout Standard
22822 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22825 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22828 arg "newline-insert newline"
22832 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22837 arg "newline-insert newline"
22840 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22848 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22849 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22850 A new row is created by every further hit of
22853 arg "newline-insert newline"
22857 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22858 Here is an example:
22859 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22860 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22861 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22865 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22866 where you want to start the shift and hit
22871 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22872 position to the next column.
22873 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22874 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22875 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22876 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22883 \begin_layout Standard
22884 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22891 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22892 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22895 reference "eq:asquared"
22900 The other types are described in section
22901 \begin_inset space ~
22905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22907 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22914 \begin_layout Section
22915 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22916 \begin_inset Index idx
22919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22920 Math ! Formula numbering
22926 \begin_inset Index idx
22929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22930 Math ! Referencing formulas
22936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22938 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22946 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22948 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22949 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22951 \begin_inset space ~
22959 arg "math-number-toggle"
22963 The formula number appears in LyX as
22964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22971 within parentheses.
22973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22980 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22982 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22983 the document class.
22984 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22985 separated by a dot:
22986 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22987 1+1=2\end{equation}
22994 arg "math-number-toggle"
22997 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22998 You can only number displayed formulas.
23001 \begin_layout Standard
23002 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23005 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23007 \begin_inset space ~
23011 \begin_inset space ~
23015 \begin_inset space ~
23023 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23026 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23027 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23029 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23030 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23034 To number all lines use the shortcut
23037 arg "math-number-toggle"
23043 \begin_layout Standard
23044 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23047 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23048 A label is inserted with the menu
23050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23053 when the cursor is in the formula.
23054 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23055 It is recommended to use the proposed
23056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23067 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23068 type when you have many labels in your document.
23069 We inserted in the following example the label
23070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23077 in the second line:
23078 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23079 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23080 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23084 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23085 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23095 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23099 \begin_inset space ~
23105 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23106 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23107 as the formula number:
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23111 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23114 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23121 \begin_layout Standard
23122 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23123 \begin_inset space ~
23127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23129 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23134 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23140 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23145 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23153 \begin_layout Section
23154 User defined math macros
23155 \begin_inset Index idx
23158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23167 \begin_layout Standard
23168 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23169 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23170 Math macros are explained in section
23173 \begin_inset space ~
23185 \begin_layout Section
23189 \begin_layout Subsection
23191 \begin_inset Index idx
23194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23204 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23205 To set a font in a formula, use the
23208 \begin_inset space ~
23214 \begin_inset Graphics
23215 filename ../images/math/font.png
23219 , or enter its command, listed in table
23220 \begin_inset space ~
23224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23226 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23233 \begin_layout Standard
23234 \begin_inset Float table
23239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23240 \begin_inset Caption
23242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23245 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23249 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23259 \begin_inset Tabular
23260 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23261 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23295 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23322 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23349 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23382 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23531 \begin_layout Standard
23532 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23540 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23556 \begin_layout Standard
23557 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23558 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23563 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23564 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23565 Here an example where
23566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23577 denotes the set of numbers:
23578 \begin_inset Formula \[
23579 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23586 \begin_layout Standard
23587 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23593 \begin_inset space \space{}
23605 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23609 \begin_inset Newline newline
23612 So it is better not to use this feature.
23615 \begin_layout Standard
23616 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23617 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23621 \begin_inset Newline newline
23624 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23630 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23631 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23637 \begin_layout Standard
23644 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23648 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23650 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23651 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23653 \begin_inset space ~
23661 \begin_layout Subsection
23663 \begin_inset Index idx
23666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23675 \begin_layout Standard
23676 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23678 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23682 \begin_inset space ~
23686 \begin_inset space ~
23694 \begin_inset space ~
23700 \begin_inset Graphics
23701 filename ../images/math/font.png
23712 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23713 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23714 Here is an example:
23715 \begin_inset Formula \[
23717 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23718 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23725 \begin_layout Subsection
23727 \begin_inset Index idx
23730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23739 \begin_layout Standard
23740 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23741 automatically chosen in most situations.
23759 For most characters,
23767 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23768 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23773 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23774 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23776 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23777 \begin_inset Graphics
23778 filename ../images/math/style.png
23783 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23784 For example, you can set
23785 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23788 , which is normally in
23797 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23801 The four styles are used in the following example:
23804 \begin_layout Standard
23805 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23809 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23813 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23817 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23823 \begin_layout Standard
23824 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23825 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23827 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23829 \begin_inset space ~
23834 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23835 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23836 will be adjusted to correspond.
23837 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23848 \begin_layout Standard
23852 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23858 \begin_layout Section
23862 \begin_layout Standard
23863 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23864 the document classes and into layout modules.
23865 \begin_inset Index idx
23868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23874 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23875 other than the AMS classes.
23877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23879 reference "sub:Modules"
23883 for more on layout modules.
23886 \begin_layout Section
23888 \begin_inset Index idx
23891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23898 \begin_inset Index idx
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23910 \begin_layout Standard
23911 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23912 (AMS) that are in common use.
23915 \begin_layout Subsection
23916 Enabling AMS-Support
23919 \begin_layout Standard
23920 Selecting the checkbox
23923 \begin_inset space ~
23927 \begin_inset space ~
23931 \begin_inset space ~
23938 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23942 \begin_inset Index idx
23945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23946 Document ! Settings
23954 \begin_inset space ~
23959 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23961 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23962 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23965 \begin_layout Subsection
23967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23969 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23974 \begin_inset Index idx
23977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23978 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23986 \begin_layout Standard
23987 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
23988 LyX allows you to choose between
24009 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24012 \begin_layout Chapter
24016 \begin_layout Section
24018 \begin_inset Index idx
24021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24030 name "sec:Cross-References"
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24038 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24039 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24041 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24042 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24043 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24046 \begin_layout Enumerate
24050 \begin_layout Enumerate
24051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24053 name "enu:Second-item"
24060 \begin_layout Enumerate
24064 \begin_layout Standard
24065 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24070 or by pressing the toolbar button
24071 \begin_inset Graphics
24072 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24078 A grey label box like this:
24079 \begin_inset Graphics
24080 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24085 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24086 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24121 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24126 \begin_inset space \space{}
24129 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24144 \begin_layout Standard
24145 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24150 or the toolbar button
24151 \begin_inset Graphics
24152 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24158 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24159 \begin_inset Graphics
24160 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24165 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24167 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24180 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24190 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24195 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24196 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24198 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24204 \begin_layout Standard
24205 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24206 \begin_inset space ~
24210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24212 reference "enu:Second-item"
24219 \begin_layout Standard
24220 It is recommended to use a protected space
24224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24225 described in section
24226 \begin_inset space ~
24230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24232 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24241 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24245 \begin_layout Standard
24246 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24249 \begin_layout Description
24250 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24253 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24260 \begin_layout Description
24261 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24262 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24274 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24281 \begin_layout Description
24282 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24283 \begin_inset space ~
24287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24288 LatexCommand pageref
24289 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24296 \begin_layout Description
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24302 \begin_inset space ~
24305 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24307 LatexCommand vpageref
24308 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24315 \begin_layout Description
24317 \begin_inset space ~
24321 \begin_inset space ~
24325 \begin_inset space ~
24328 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24332 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24339 \begin_layout Description
24341 \begin_inset space ~
24344 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24345 \begin_inset Newline newline
24349 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24357 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24362 \begin_inset Index idx
24365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24366 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24379 \begin_layout Standard
24380 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24381 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24387 \begin_inset space \space{}
24391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24405 \begin_layout Standard
24406 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24407 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24408 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24412 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24416 \begin_layout Standard
24417 You can only use the style
24421 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24425 is always possible.
24428 \begin_layout Standard
24429 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24430 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24431 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24432 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24433 \begin_inset space ~
24437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24439 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24450 \begin_inset space ~
24454 \begin_inset space ~
24459 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24461 The button text changes then to
24464 \begin_inset space ~
24469 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24470 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24471 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24475 \begin_layout Standard
24476 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24477 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24478 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24481 \begin_layout Standard
24482 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24483 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24486 \begin_layout Standard
24487 References are described in detail in the
24494 \begin_layout Section
24495 Table of Contents and other Listings
24496 \begin_inset Index idx
24499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24506 \begin_inset Index idx
24509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24525 \begin_layout Subsection
24527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24529 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24536 \begin_layout Standard
24537 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24540 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24546 \begin_inset space ~
24552 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24553 If you click on it, the
24557 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24558 sections in your documents.
24559 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24561 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24564 that is described in sec.
24565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24571 reference "sec:Navigating"
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24580 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24582 \begin_inset space ~
24586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24588 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24592 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24594 \begin_inset space ~
24598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24600 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24604 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24606 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24609 \begin_layout Subsection
24610 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24613 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24620 \begin_layout Standard
24621 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24622 You can insert them via the
24624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24626 \begin_inset space ~
24630 \begin_inset space ~
24636 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24639 \begin_layout Section
24640 URLs and Hyperlinks
24641 \begin_inset Index idx
24644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24651 \begin_inset Index idx
24654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24663 \begin_layout Subsection
24665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24674 \begin_layout Standard
24675 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24684 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24685 \begin_inset Flex URL
24688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24698 \begin_layout Standard
24699 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24705 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24709 \begin_layout Standard
24710 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24726 \begin_layout Subsection
24728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24730 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24737 \begin_layout Standard
24738 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24743 or with the toolbar button
24744 \begin_inset Graphics
24745 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24751 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24760 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24761 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24762 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24764 name "LyX's homepage"
24765 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24769 , an Email address like this:
24770 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24772 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24773 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24778 , or a link to a file.
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24782 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24795 to the link target.
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24799 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24800 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24801 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24802 the text style dialog.
24803 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24807 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24809 name "LyX's homepage"
24810 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24822 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24824 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24825 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24829 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24831 \begin_inset Newline newline
24839 \begin_inset Newline newline
24846 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24849 \begin_layout Section
24851 \begin_inset Index idx
24854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24863 name "sec:Appendices"
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24871 Appendices are created with the menu
24873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24875 \begin_inset space ~
24879 \begin_inset space ~
24885 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24886 as the appendix region.
24887 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24892 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24893 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24894 and the subsection number.
24895 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24901 \begin_inset space ~
24905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24907 reference "cha:Credits"
24912 \begin_inset space ~
24916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24918 reference "sub:Export"
24925 \begin_layout Section
24927 \begin_inset Index idx
24930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24939 name "sec:Bibliography"
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24947 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24948 You can include a bibliography database,
24952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24953 Known under the name
24954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24966 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
24967 manually, using the paragraph environment
24971 , which was described in section
24972 \begin_inset space ~
24976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24978 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24983 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
24984 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
24988 use a bibliography database.
24991 \begin_layout Subsection
24992 The Bibliography Environment
24995 \begin_layout Standard
25000 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25002 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25011 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25013 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25022 , a short form of its title, as key.
25025 \begin_layout Standard
25026 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25028 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25031 or the toolbar button
25032 \begin_inset Graphics
25033 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25039 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25040 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25041 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25042 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25046 \begin_layout Standard
25047 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25048 entry with surrounding brackets.
25053 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25054 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25066 \begin_layout Standard
25069 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25072 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25074 key "latexcompanion"
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25083 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25092 \begin_layout Subsection
25093 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25094 \begin_inset Index idx
25097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25098 Bibliography ! Databases
25104 \begin_inset Index idx
25107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25108 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25116 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25130 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25132 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25133 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25138 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25140 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25141 your working field in a database.
25142 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25143 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25145 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 The database is a text file with the file extension
25151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25162 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25163 The format is explained in
25164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25170 and in LaTeX books (
25171 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25173 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25178 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25179 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25180 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25181 \begin_inset Flex URL
25184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25186 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25194 \begin_layout Standard
25195 To use a database, use the menu
25197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25202 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25221 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25222 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25225 Add bibliography to TOC
25227 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25232 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25235 \begin_layout Standard
25236 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25248 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25249 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25250 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25252 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25258 For information how this is done, have a look at
25259 \begin_inset Newline newline
25263 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25265 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25277 \begin_layout Standard
25278 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25281 \begin_layout Standard
25282 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25283 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25286 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25314 \begin_inset space ~
25320 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25326 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25335 \begin_layout Standard
25336 When you select the option
25338 Sectioned bibliography
25342 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25345 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25346 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25348 Customizing Bibliographies
25356 Additional Features
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25362 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25363 the two methods of creating them.
25364 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25365 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25366 We used the style file
25370 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25373 \begin_layout Subsection
25374 Bibliography layout
25375 \begin_inset Index idx
25378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25379 Bibliography ! Layout
25387 \begin_layout Standard
25388 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25389 For this feature you need to enable the option
25395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25399 \begin_inset Index idx
25402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25403 Document ! Settings
25413 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25414 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25415 in the previous section.
25418 \begin_layout Standard
25419 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25420 in the citation reference window.
25421 Here an example where we set the text
25422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25426 \begin_inset space ~
25430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25433 to appear after the reference:
25436 \begin_layout Standard
25438 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25441 key "latexcompanion"
25448 \begin_layout Section
25450 \begin_inset Index idx
25453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25469 \begin_layout Standard
25470 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25474 \begin_inset space ~
25479 or the toolbar button
25480 \begin_inset Graphics
25481 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25499 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25500 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25501 by LyX as the index entry.
25504 \begin_layout Standard
25505 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25506 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25508 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25510 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25517 \begin_layout Standard
25518 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25521 \begin_layout Standard
25522 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25526 \begin_inset space ~
25530 \begin_inset space ~
25533 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25535 \begin_inset space ~
25541 A light blue box labeled
25542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25553 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25554 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25557 \begin_layout Subsection
25558 Grouping Index Entries
25559 \begin_inset Index idx
25562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25574 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25575 lists under the entry
25576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25584 First we create the entry
25585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25593 \begin_inset space ~
25597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25599 reference "sub:Lists"
25604 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25605 \begin_inset space ~
25609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25611 reference "sec:Itemize"
25615 , we insert the command
25618 \begin_layout Standard
25624 \begin_layout Standard
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25634 \begin_layout Standard
25635 for the enumerated list in section
25636 \begin_inset space ~
25640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25642 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25650 The exclamation mark
25651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25658 marks the grouping levels.
25659 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25660 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25661 If we don't have an index entry for
25662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25669 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25672 \begin_layout Subsection
25674 \begin_inset Index idx
25677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25678 Index ! Page ranges
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25687 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25689 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25690 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25692 \begin_inset space ~
25696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25698 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25708 Paragraph environments|(
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25712 and another entry at the end of section
25713 \begin_inset space ~
25717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25719 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25729 Paragraph environments|)
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25757 respectively start and end the index range.
25758 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25759 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25760 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25761 An example is the index entry
25762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25765 Document ! Settings
25766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25772 \begin_layout Subsection
25774 \begin_inset Index idx
25777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25778 Index ! Cross referencing
25786 \begin_layout Standard
25787 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25788 We referred for example in the index entry
25789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25797 \begin_inset space ~
25801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25803 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25807 ) to the index entry
25808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25815 in the same section using the entry
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25821 GIF|see{Image formats}
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25825 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25826 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25827 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25830 \begin_layout Subsection
25832 \begin_inset Index idx
25835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25836 Index ! Entry order
25844 \begin_layout Standard
25845 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25846 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25847 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25852 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25854 \begin_inset space ~
25858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25860 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25869 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25870 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25895 \begin_inset Index idx
25898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25899 Dummy entries ! maïs
25905 \begin_inset Index idx
25908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25909 Dummy entries ! maître
25915 \begin_inset Index idx
25918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25919 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25924 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25925 order maïs, maison, maître.
25926 To achieve this, we use the command
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25932 previous entry@current entry
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25936 In our case we want to have
25937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25952 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25962 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25963 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25967 \begin_layout Subsection
25969 \begin_inset Index idx
25972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25973 Index ! Entry layout
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
25983 \begin_inset Index idx
25986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25989 This is an italic dummy entry
25994 You can also format the page number using the character
25995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26002 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26003 We can write for example
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26009 italic page number:|textit
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 to get the page number in italic.
26014 \begin_inset Index idx
26017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26018 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26023 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26041 \begin_inset space ~
26047 Have a look at section
26048 \begin_inset space ~
26052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26054 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26058 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26062 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26070 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26074 to generate the index, see section
26075 \begin_inset space ~
26079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26081 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26090 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26091 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26093 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26096 key "latexcompanion"
26108 \begin_layout Standard
26109 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26111 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26112 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26113 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26114 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26115 If so, put the following in the preamble
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26130 \begin_layout Standard
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26141 in the index entry.
26142 \begin_inset Index idx
26145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26146 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26151 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26152 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26153 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26163 \begin_inset space \space{}
26166 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26167 for all index entries.
26168 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26180 documentation for details,
26181 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26183 key "makeindex,xindy"
26190 \begin_layout Subsection
26192 \begin_inset Index idx
26195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26204 name "sub:Index-Program"
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 When the index entry program
26216 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26217 generation; otherwise the program
26221 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26222 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26223 dialog, see section
26224 \begin_inset space ~
26228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26230 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26235 The available options are listed and explained in
26236 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26238 key "makeindex,xindy"
26243 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26246 \begin_layout Standard
26251 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26252 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26253 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26254 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26255 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26263 \begin_layout Section
26264 Nomenclature / Glossary
26265 \begin_inset Index idx
26268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26275 \begin_inset Index idx
26278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26309 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26317 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26318 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26323 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26328 \begin_inset Index idx
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26332 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26338 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26345 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26348 \begin_layout Standard
26349 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26350 and then use the menu
26352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26358 \begin_inset space ~
26363 or the toolbar button
26364 \begin_inset Graphics
26365 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26383 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26386 \begin_layout Standard
26387 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26388 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26389 The second is the description of the symbol.
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26393 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26401 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26409 \begin_layout Subsection
26410 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26411 \begin_inset Index idx
26414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26415 Nomenclature ! Layout
26423 \begin_layout Standard
26424 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26428 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26434 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26442 \begin_inset Newline newline
26450 \begin_inset Newline newline
26456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26463 character starts/ends the formula.
26464 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26476 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26486 \begin_layout Standard
26487 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26488 \begin_inset space ~
26492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26494 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26505 \begin_inset space ~
26510 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26511 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26516 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26523 in this document is:
26524 \begin_inset Newline newline
26529 dummy entry for the character
26534 \begin_inset Newline newline
26546 \begin_inset space ~
26556 font use the command
26585 \begin_layout Subsection
26586 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26587 \begin_inset Index idx
26590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26591 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26599 \begin_layout Standard
26600 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26601 the symbol definition.
26602 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26603 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26606 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26607 LatexCommand nomenclature
26609 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26616 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26620 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26621 LatexCommand nomenclature
26624 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26629 They will be sorted by
26630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26656 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26659 will be sorted before the
26663 since the character
26664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26671 is considered in sorting.
26674 \begin_layout Standard
26675 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26678 \begin_inset space ~
26683 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26684 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26686 For the example given, you can insert
26690 in this field for the
26691 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26698 will be located before
26699 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26705 \begin_layout Standard
26706 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26711 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26720 \begin_layout Subsection
26721 Nomenclature Options
26722 \begin_inset Index idx
26725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26726 Nomenclature ! Options
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26739 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26740 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26743 \begin_layout Description
26744 refeq Appends the phrase
26745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26760 to every nomenclature entry, where
26766 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26769 \begin_layout Description
26770 refpage Appends the phrase
26771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26786 to every nomenclature entry, where
26792 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26795 \begin_layout Description
26796 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26799 \begin_layout Standard
26800 There are furthermore the options
26844 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26849 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26850 class options list in the
26852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26856 In this document the option
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26864 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26870 \begin_layout Standard
26871 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26872 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26877 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26880 \begin_layout Description
26890 \begin_layout Description
26893 nomrefpage Like the
26900 \begin_layout Description
26903 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26912 \begin_layout Description
26916 \begin_inset space ~
26922 \begin_inset space ~
26927 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26930 \begin_layout Subsection
26931 Printing the Nomenclature
26932 \begin_inset Index idx
26935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26936 Nomenclature ! Printing
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26949 \begin_inset space ~
26953 \begin_inset space ~
26956 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26960 A light blue box labeled
26961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26972 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26973 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26976 \begin_layout Standard
26977 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26986 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26994 For example, in order to change the name to
26998 , add the following line to the preamble:
27001 \begin_layout Standard
27009 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27013 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27020 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27021 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27032 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27038 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27039 \begin_inset space ~
27043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27045 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27050 The default value is 1
27051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27057 \begin_layout Subsection
27058 Nomenclature Program
27059 \begin_inset Index idx
27062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27063 Nomenclature ! Program
27069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27071 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27078 \begin_layout Standard
27079 LyX uses the program
27083 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27084 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27089 by adding options, see section
27090 \begin_inset space ~
27094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27096 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27101 The available options are listed and explained in
27102 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27104 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27111 \begin_layout Section
27113 \begin_inset Index idx
27116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27123 \begin_inset Index idx
27126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27127 Document ! Branches
27133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27135 name "sec:Branches"
27142 \begin_layout Standard
27143 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27144 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27145 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27146 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27150 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27151 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27152 To create a branch, go in the
27154 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27162 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27163 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27167 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27168 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27173 where you can choose a branch.
27174 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27178 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27179 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27182 \begin_layout Standard
27183 \begin_inset Branch Question
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27187 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27196 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27199 \begin_layout Standard
27200 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27209 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27216 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27217 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27219 For example you can define for the question branch
27223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27224 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27225 \begin_inset space ~
27229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27231 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27253 \begin_layout Standard
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27264 and for the answer branch
27267 \begin_layout Standard
27277 \begin_layout Standard
27287 \begin_layout Standard
27288 \begin_inset Branch Question
27291 \begin_layout Standard
27295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27324 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27327 \begin_layout Standard
27331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27360 Now it is possible to use the commands
27364 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27371 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27374 to obtain conditional output.
27375 Here is an example formula where only the
27382 \begin_inset Formula \[
27383 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27399 \begin_layout Section
27401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27403 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27408 \begin_inset Index idx
27411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27420 \begin_layout Standard
27425 dialog allows you in the
27429 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27430 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27435 \begin_inset Index idx
27438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27439 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27452 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27453 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27454 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27456 You can specify in the dialog tab
27460 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27462 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27463 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27472 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27473 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27474 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27476 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27477 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27479 \begin_inset space ~
27482 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27483 \begin_inset space ~
27486 1 will only display the sections.
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27490 The header information in the dialog tab
27494 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27495 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27500 \begin_inset space \space{}
27503 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27504 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27507 Automatic fill header
27509 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27510 title and author settings.
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27516 Load in fullscreen mode
27518 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27522 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27523 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27529 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27530 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27539 \begin_layout Section
27540 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27543 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27550 \begin_layout Subsection
27552 \begin_inset Index idx
27555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27564 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27572 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27573 constructs, but not all.
27574 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27575 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27576 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27577 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27578 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27585 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27589 \begin_inset space ~
27594 or by the toolbar button
27595 \begin_inset Graphics
27596 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27601 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27606 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27607 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27608 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27615 , you can write the command part
27621 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27625 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27626 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27627 the following example:
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27631 \begin_inset Graphics
27632 filename clipart/ERT.png
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27645 This is a line with a
27649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27672 \begin_layout Standard
27673 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27681 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27682 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27690 \begin_layout Subsection
27691 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27692 \begin_inset OptArg
27695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27702 \begin_inset Index idx
27705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27714 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27722 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27723 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27724 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27733 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27734 any time if you know the right commands.
27736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27740 \begin_inset space \space{}
27743 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27745 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27746 all caption labels bold.
27747 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27749 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27754 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27755 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27756 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27768 As result you know that the package
27773 \begin_inset Index idx
27776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27777 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27783 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27796 usepackage[options]{package name}
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27800 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27801 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27802 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 In your case the package name is
27811 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27816 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27817 So you add the command
27820 \begin_layout Standard
27825 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27829 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27834 For more commands provided by the
27838 package, have a look at its documentation,
27839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27854 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27856 For example if you use a
27860 class, you don't need the package
27864 , you can instead write
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27872 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27879 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27880 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27887 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27891 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
27892 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27894 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27895 the previous section.
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27901 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27903 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27911 \begin_layout Section
27912 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27915 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27920 \begin_inset Index idx
27923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27930 \begin_inset Index idx
27933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27943 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27944 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27945 to break your train of thought with
27947 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27954 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27955 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27960 \begin_inset Index idx
27963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27964 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27969 as explained below, and turn on
27972 \begin_inset space ~
27979 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27985 \begin_inset space ~
27989 \begin_inset space ~
27992 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27998 \begin_layout Standard
27999 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28001 Previews of an already loaded document are
28005 generated just by selecting the
28008 \begin_inset space ~
28013 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28017 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28018 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28021 \begin_inset space ~
28026 check box in the insert dialog.
28027 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28032 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28036 (on some systems named simply
28041 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28043 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28049 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28050 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28058 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28062 \begin_layout Standard
28063 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28070 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28074 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28076 \begin_inset space ~
28081 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28082 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28084 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28085 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28086 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28087 the source view window.
28090 \begin_layout Section
28092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28094 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28099 \begin_inset Index idx
28102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28112 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28113 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28130 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28136 can be seen as the successor to
28140 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28145 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28146 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28154 \begin_layout Standard
28155 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28156 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28166 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28169 or the toolbar button
28170 \begin_inset Graphics
28171 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28176 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28177 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28178 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28179 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28180 scrolled so that it is visible.
28185 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28187 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28191 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28192 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28199 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28203 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28204 will bring an error message.
28205 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28206 specifying a different
28208 Alternative language
28210 in preferences dialog.
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28214 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28217 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28221 \begin_layout Standard
28222 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28223 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28225 But you can use the
28228 \begin_inset space ~
28232 \begin_inset space ~
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28241 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28242 This does work with
28246 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28249 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28258 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28261 \begin_layout Description
28263 \begin_inset space ~
28266 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28267 should consider, e.
28268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28272 \begin_inset space \space{}
28275 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28276 This should not normally be needed.
28279 \begin_layout Description
28281 \begin_inset space ~
28284 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28285 the spell checker's default choice
28288 \begin_layout Description
28290 \begin_inset space ~
28294 \begin_inset space ~
28297 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28309 \begin_layout Description
28311 \begin_inset space ~
28315 \begin_inset space ~
28318 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28320 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28327 also for the spellchecker.
28331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28332 The encodings are explained in section
28333 \begin_inset space ~
28337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28339 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28348 Only enable this if you use
28352 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28353 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28354 so this is disabled by default.
28357 \begin_layout Section
28359 \begin_inset Index idx
28362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28371 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28378 \begin_layout Standard
28379 LyX provides support for two different thesaurus frameworks:
28382 \begin_layout Enumerate
28391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28394 target "http://aiksaurus.sourceforge.net"
28403 which is also used by Abiword, but which is English only.
28406 \begin_layout Enumerate
28415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28416 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28418 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28427 which is also used by OpenOffice, and which supports many languages.
28430 \begin_layout Standard
28431 You need to have one of these libraries installed in order to use the thesaurus
28432 (if both are installed,
28436 will be chosen automatically).
28439 \begin_layout Subsection
28440 Setting up the thesaurus
28443 \begin_layout Standard
28448 library can directly access the OpenOffice thesauri, which consist of two
28449 files per language: A file with the ending
28453 containing the data and an index file with the ending
28458 The file names include the language code for the given language, so the
28459 English files are named:
28462 \begin_layout Itemize
28466 \begin_layout Itemize
28470 \begin_layout Standard
28471 If you have OpenOffice installed including its thesaurus, these files should
28472 be already on your system.
28473 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28474 \begin_inset Newline newline
28478 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28480 target "http://extensions.services.openoffice.org"
28485 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28490 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28492 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28493 unpack a zip archive.
28496 \begin_layout Standard
28505 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28506 s), and the specify the path to this directory in
28508 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28509 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28513 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28516 \begin_layout Subsection
28517 Using the thesaurus
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28521 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28523 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28526 or the toolbar button
28527 \begin_inset Graphics
28528 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28530 rotateOrigin center
28534 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28536 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28538 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28539 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28540 and hyponyms (such as
28548 ), compounds (such as
28552 ) and antonyms (such as
28560 ), which are marked as such.
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28565 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28569 \begin_layout Standard
28570 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28571 the dictionary, such as the above
28575 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28580 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28581 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28582 For example looking up the word forms
28590 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28595 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28608 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28609 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28610 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28613 \begin_layout Section
28615 \begin_inset Index idx
28618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28625 \begin_inset Index idx
28628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28629 Document ! Change Tracking
28635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28637 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28645 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28646 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28647 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28648 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28652 \begin_inset space ~
28655 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28657 \begin_inset space ~
28665 \begin_layout Standard
28666 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28675 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28678 \begin_inset space ~
28682 \begin_inset space ~
28692 \begin_inset Index idx
28695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28704 \begin_layout Standard
28705 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28706 \begin_inset Index idx
28709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28726 \begin_inset Graphics
28727 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28734 \begin_layout Standard
28735 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28741 \begin_layout Standard
28742 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28746 \begin_layout Standard
28747 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 \begin_inset Tabular
28755 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28756 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
28757 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28758 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28764 \begin_inset Graphics
28765 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28767 rotateOrigin center
28776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28782 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28784 \begin_inset space ~
28787 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28789 \begin_inset space ~
28798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 \begin_inset Graphics
28804 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28806 rotateOrigin center
28815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28823 \begin_inset space ~
28826 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28828 \begin_inset space ~
28832 \begin_inset space ~
28836 \begin_inset space ~
28845 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28850 \begin_inset Graphics
28851 filename ../images/change-next.png
28852 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28853 rotateOrigin center
28862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28866 Jumps to the next change
28872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28877 \begin_inset Graphics
28878 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28880 rotateOrigin center
28889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28897 \begin_inset space ~
28900 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28902 \begin_inset space ~
28911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28916 \begin_inset Graphics
28917 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28918 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28919 rotateOrigin center
28928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28936 \begin_inset space ~
28939 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28941 \begin_inset space ~
28950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28955 \begin_inset Graphics
28956 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28958 rotateOrigin center
28967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28973 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28975 \begin_inset space ~
28978 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28980 \begin_inset space ~
28989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28994 \begin_inset Graphics
28995 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28997 rotateOrigin center
29006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29012 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29014 \begin_inset space ~
29017 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29019 \begin_inset space ~
29023 \begin_inset space ~
29032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29037 \begin_inset Graphics
29038 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29040 rotateOrigin center
29049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29055 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29057 \begin_inset space ~
29060 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29062 \begin_inset space ~
29066 \begin_inset space ~
29075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29080 \begin_inset Graphics
29081 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29083 rotateOrigin center
29092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29099 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29101 \begin_inset space ~
29110 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29115 \begin_inset Graphics
29116 filename ../images/note-next.png
29117 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29118 rotateOrigin center
29127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29133 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29135 \begin_inset space ~
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29152 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29159 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29160 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29161 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29162 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29163 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29164 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29165 step to the next change.
29166 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29170 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29171 to describe a change.
29174 \begin_layout Standard
29175 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29180 \begin_inset Index idx
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29190 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29191 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29197 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29200 \begin_layout Section
29201 International Support
29202 \begin_inset Index idx
29205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29206 International support
29214 \begin_layout Standard
29215 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29216 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29217 how to set up LyX to use them:
29218 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29220 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29227 \begin_layout Standard
29228 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29229 \begin_inset space ~
29233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29235 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29242 \begin_layout Subsection
29244 \begin_inset Index idx
29247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29254 \begin_inset Index idx
29257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29258 Document ! Settings
29264 \begin_inset Index idx
29267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29268 Document ! Language
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29282 dialog lets you set
29284 the language and character encoding for your language.
29288 \begin_layout Standard
29289 Choose your language in the
29293 section of this dialog.
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29306 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29311 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29312 For details about the different encoding options see section
29313 \begin_inset space ~
29317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29319 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29326 \begin_layout Subsection
29327 Keyboard mapping configuration
29328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29330 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29337 \begin_layout Standard
29338 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29339 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29340 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29341 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29342 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29344 \begin_inset space ~
29348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29350 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29355 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29356 which one you want to use.
29359 \begin_layout Standard
29360 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29361 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29362 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29363 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29364 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29365 one to support the characters you want.
29366 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29373 \begin_layout Subsection
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29379 \begin_inset space ~
29383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29385 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29394 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29399 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29400 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29408 \begin_layout Itemize
29409 Even if you have selected
29415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29418 dialog, users who have only the
29422 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29426 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29427 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29428 french quotes won't show up.
29431 \begin_layout Standard
29432 \begin_inset Float table
29437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29438 \begin_inset Caption
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29443 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 \begin_inset Tabular
29462 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29463 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29464 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29466 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29467 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29468 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29470 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29471 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29473 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33893 \begin_layout Standard
33894 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33896 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33897 also the characters from
33909 \begin_layout Itemize
33918 \begin_layout Standard
33919 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33920 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33926 \begin_layout Standard
33927 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33928 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33934 \begin_layout Standard
33935 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33936 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33942 \begin_layout Standard
33943 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33944 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33952 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33958 \begin_layout Standard
33960 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33966 \begin_layout Standard
33968 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33975 \begin_layout Itemize
33988 \begin_layout Standard
33990 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33996 \begin_layout Standard
33998 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34004 \begin_layout Standard
34006 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34012 \begin_layout Standard
34014 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34020 \begin_layout Standard
34022 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34028 \begin_layout Standard
34030 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34037 \begin_layout Standard
34038 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34039 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34040 Also make sure you're using the
34047 \begin_layout Chapter
34050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34052 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34059 \begin_layout Standard
34060 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34061 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34062 inside the user's guide.
34065 \begin_layout Section
34067 \begin_inset Index idx
34070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 \begin_layout Standard
34084 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34085 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34088 \begin_layout Subsection
34092 \begin_layout Standard
34093 Creates a new document.
34096 \begin_layout Subsection
34100 \begin_layout Standard
34101 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34102 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34103 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34106 \begin_layout Subsection
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34114 \begin_layout Subsection
34118 \begin_layout Standard
34119 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34120 Click there on a file to open it.
34123 \begin_layout Subsection
34127 \begin_layout Standard
34128 Closes the current document.
34131 \begin_layout Subsection
34135 \begin_layout Standard
34136 Saves the actual document.
34139 \begin_layout Subsection
34143 \begin_layout Standard
34144 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34147 \begin_layout Subsection
34151 \begin_layout Standard
34152 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34155 \begin_layout Subsection
34159 \begin_layout Standard
34160 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34161 It is described in the section
34163 Version Control in LyX
34167 Additional Features
34172 \begin_layout Subsection
34176 \begin_layout Standard
34177 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34178 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34179 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34183 When using the menu
34186 \begin_inset space ~
34190 \begin_inset space ~
34195 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34196 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34197 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34198 will start a new paragraph.
34201 \begin_layout Subsection
34203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34212 \begin_layout Standard
34213 You can export your document to various file formats.
34214 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34215 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34216 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34219 \begin_layout Standard
34220 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34222 \begin_inset space ~
34226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34228 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34235 \begin_layout Description
34239 \begin_inset space ~
34244 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34245 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34248 \begin_layout Description
34256 \begin_layout Description
34257 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34261 \begin_layout Description
34263 \begin_inset space ~
34267 \begin_inset space ~
34270 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34274 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34282 \begin_layout Description
34289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34297 \begin_inset space ~
34302 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34303 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34307 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34310 \begin_layout Description
34317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34325 \begin_inset space ~
34330 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34331 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34339 \begin_layout Description
34341 \begin_inset space ~
34344 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34352 is replaced by the version number)
34355 \begin_layout Description
34356 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34369 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34373 \begin_layout Description
34378 PDF-format using the program
34383 \begin_layout Description
34387 \begin_inset space ~
34392 PDF-format using the program
34397 \begin_layout Description
34401 \begin_inset space ~
34406 PDF-format using the program
34411 \begin_layout Description
34415 \begin_inset space ~
34423 \begin_layout Description
34427 \begin_inset space ~
34431 \begin_inset space ~
34436 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34437 and then exported as text using the program
34442 \begin_layout Description
34447 PostScript format using the program
34452 \begin_layout Description
34460 \begin_layout Standard
34465 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34466 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34472 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34476 If one of the menu entries
34483 \begin_inset space ~
34492 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34493 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34494 \begin_inset space ~
34498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34500 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34505 \begin_inset Index idx
34508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34509 Reconfiguration of LyX
34517 \begin_layout Standard
34522 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34523 the export program.
34526 \begin_layout Subsection
34530 \begin_layout Standard
34531 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34532 or send it to a printer.
34533 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34534 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34540 For more information have a look at section
34541 \begin_inset space ~
34545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34547 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34554 \begin_layout Subsection
34555 New and Close Window
34558 \begin_layout Standard
34559 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34560 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34563 \begin_layout Section
34565 \begin_inset Index idx
34568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34577 \begin_layout Subsection
34581 \begin_layout Standard
34582 Described in section
34583 \begin_inset space ~
34587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34589 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34596 \begin_layout Subsection
34597 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34600 \begin_layout Standard
34601 Described in section
34602 \begin_inset space ~
34606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34608 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34615 \begin_layout Subsection
34619 \begin_layout Standard
34620 Selects the whole document.
34623 \begin_layout Subsection
34627 \begin_layout Standard
34628 Described in section
34629 \begin_inset space ~
34633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34635 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34642 \begin_layout Subsection
34643 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34646 \begin_layout Standard
34647 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34651 \begin_layout Subsection
34655 \begin_layout Standard
34656 Described in section
34657 \begin_inset space ~
34661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34663 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34670 \begin_layout Subsection
34672 \begin_inset Index idx
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34676 Paragraph ! Settings
34684 \begin_layout Standard
34685 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34687 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34691 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34692 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34695 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34701 \begin_inset space ~
34709 \begin_layout Subsection
34713 \begin_layout Standard
34714 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34716 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34717 The properties of tables are described in section
34718 \begin_inset space ~
34722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34724 reference "sec:Tables"
34728 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34729 \begin_inset space ~
34733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34735 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34742 \begin_layout Subsection
34743 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34747 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34749 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34750 \begin_inset space ~
34754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34756 reference "sec:Nesting"
34761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34763 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34770 \begin_layout Section
34772 \begin_inset Index idx
34775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34784 \begin_layout Standard
34789 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34790 document with an external program.
34791 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34792 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34793 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34794 \begin_inset space ~
34798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34800 reference "sub:Export"
34805 You should at least see the menu entries
34812 \begin_inset space ~
34818 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34819 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34820 \begin_inset space ~
34824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34826 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34831 \begin_inset Index idx
34834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34835 Reconfiguration of LyX
34843 \begin_layout Standard
34844 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34845 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34846 \begin_inset space ~
34850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34852 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34857 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34860 \begin_layout Standard
34861 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34864 At the bottom of the
34868 menu the opened documents are listed.
34871 \begin_layout Subsection
34872 Open/Close all Insets
34875 \begin_layout Standard
34876 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34879 \begin_layout Subsection
34880 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34883 \begin_layout Standard
34884 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34887 \begin_layout Standard
34888 Math macros are described in the
34895 \begin_layout Subsection
34899 \begin_layout Standard
34900 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34902 \begin_inset space ~
34906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34908 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34915 \begin_layout Subsection
34919 \begin_layout Standard
34920 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34921 opening a new view window.
34924 \begin_layout Subsection
34928 \begin_layout Standard
34929 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34930 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34931 the same document, but at different positions.
34932 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34933 or more documents the same time.
34934 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34941 \begin_layout Subsection
34945 \begin_layout Standard
34946 Closes a split view.
34949 \begin_layout Subsection
34953 \begin_layout Standard
34954 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34955 that you will see nothing than your text.
34956 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34957 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34958 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34961 \begin_layout Subsection
34963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34965 name "sub:Toolbars"
34970 \begin_inset Index idx
34973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34982 \begin_layout Standard
34983 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34984 All toolbars and the
34987 \begin_inset space ~
34992 can be turned on and off.
34997 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35009 \begin_inset space ~
35018 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35022 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35029 \begin_layout Standard
35034 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35038 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35039 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35040 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35041 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35042 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35045 \begin_layout Standard
35046 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35047 \begin_inset space ~
35051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35053 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35060 \begin_layout Section
35062 \begin_inset Index idx
35065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35074 \begin_layout Subsection
35078 \begin_layout Standard
35079 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35080 \begin_inset space ~
35084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35086 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35097 \begin_layout Subsection
35099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35101 name "sub:Special-Character"
35108 \begin_layout Standard
35109 Here you can insert the following characters:
35112 \begin_layout Description
35113 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35114 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35115 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35116 \begin_inset Newline newline
35120 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35128 Not all characters will be visible in the
35132 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35140 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35144 ) can display every character.
35152 \begin_layout Description
35153 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35157 \begin_layout Description
35159 \begin_inset space ~
35163 \begin_inset space ~
35166 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35167 \begin_inset space ~
35171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35173 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35180 \begin_layout Description
35182 \begin_inset space ~
35185 Quote Inserts this quote:
35186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35189 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35191 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35201 \begin_layout Description
35203 \begin_inset space ~
35206 Quote Inserts this quote:
35207 \begin_inset Quotes els
35213 \begin_layout Description
35215 \begin_inset space ~
35218 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35222 \begin_layout Description
35224 \begin_inset space ~
35227 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35231 \begin_layout Description
35233 \begin_inset space ~
35236 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35240 \begin_layout Description
35242 \begin_inset space ~
35246 \begin_inset Index idx
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35256 \begin_inset Index idx
35259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35260 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35265 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35266 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35267 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35272 \begin_inset Index idx
35275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35276 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35282 \begin_inset Newline newline
35285 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35289 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35297 and this Wiki-page:
35298 \begin_inset Newline newline
35302 \begin_inset Flex URL
35305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35307 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35315 \begin_layout Subsection
35319 \begin_layout Standard
35320 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35323 \begin_layout Description
35324 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35325 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35331 \begin_layout Description
35332 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35333 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35339 \begin_layout Description
35341 \begin_inset space ~
35344 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35345 \begin_inset space ~
35349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35351 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35358 \begin_layout Description
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35363 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35364 \begin_inset space ~
35368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35370 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35377 \begin_layout Description
35379 \begin_inset space ~
35382 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35383 \begin_inset space ~
35387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35389 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35396 \begin_layout Description
35398 \begin_inset space ~
35401 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35402 \begin_inset space ~
35406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35408 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35415 \begin_layout Description
35417 \begin_inset space ~
35420 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35421 \begin_inset space ~
35425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35427 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35434 \begin_layout Description
35436 \begin_inset space ~
35439 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35440 \begin_inset space ~
35444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35446 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35453 \begin_layout Description
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35458 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35459 \begin_inset space ~
35463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35465 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35472 \begin_layout Description
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35477 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35478 \begin_inset space ~
35482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35484 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35491 \begin_layout Description
35493 \begin_inset space ~
35497 \begin_inset space ~
35500 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35501 \begin_inset space ~
35505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35507 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35514 \begin_layout Description
35516 \begin_inset space ~
35519 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35520 text line to the page border, see section
35521 \begin_inset space ~
35525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35527 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35534 \begin_layout Description
35536 \begin_inset space ~
35539 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35540 \begin_inset space ~
35544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35546 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35553 \begin_layout Description
35555 \begin_inset space ~
35558 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35559 text page to the page border, described in section
35560 \begin_inset space ~
35564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35566 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35573 \begin_layout Description
35575 \begin_inset space ~
35578 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35579 \begin_inset space ~
35583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35585 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35592 \begin_layout Description
35594 \begin_inset space ~
35598 \begin_inset space ~
35601 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35602 \begin_inset space ~
35606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35608 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35615 \begin_layout Subsection
35619 \begin_layout Standard
35620 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35621 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35623 \begin_inset space ~
35627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35629 reference "sec:toc"
35634 The index list is described in section
35635 \begin_inset space ~
35639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35641 reference "sec:Index"
35645 , the nomenclature in section
35646 \begin_inset space ~
35650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35652 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35656 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35657 \begin_inset space ~
35661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35663 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35670 \begin_layout Subsection
35674 \begin_layout Standard
35675 To insert floats, described in section
35676 \begin_inset space ~
35680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35682 reference "sec:Floats"
35689 \begin_layout Subsection
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 To insert notes, described in section
35695 \begin_inset space ~
35699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35701 reference "sec:Notes"
35708 \begin_layout Subsection
35712 \begin_layout Standard
35713 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35714 \begin_inset space ~
35718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35720 reference "sec:Branches"
35727 \begin_layout Subsection
35729 \begin_inset Index idx
35732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35741 \begin_layout Standard
35742 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35743 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35754 \begin_layout Subsection
35756 \begin_inset Index idx
35759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35768 \begin_layout Standard
35769 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35770 \begin_inset space ~
35774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35776 reference "sec:Minipages"
35781 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35792 \begin_layout Subsection
35796 \begin_layout Standard
35797 Inserts a citation as described in section
35798 \begin_inset space ~
35802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35804 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35811 \begin_layout Subsection
35815 \begin_layout Standard
35816 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35823 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35830 \begin_layout Subsection
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 Inserts a label as described in section
35836 \begin_inset space ~
35840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35842 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35849 \begin_layout Subsection
35851 \begin_inset Index idx
35854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35861 \begin_inset Index idx
35864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35865 Longtables ! Caption
35873 \begin_layout Standard
35874 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35875 Floats are described in section
35876 \begin_inset space ~
35880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35882 reference "sec:Floats"
35886 , captions in longtables are described in section
35897 \begin_layout Subsection
35901 \begin_layout Standard
35902 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35903 \begin_inset space ~
35907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35909 reference "sec:Index"
35916 \begin_layout Subsection
35920 \begin_layout Standard
35921 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35922 \begin_inset space ~
35926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35928 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35935 \begin_layout Subsection
35939 \begin_layout Standard
35941 Tables are described in section
35942 \begin_inset space ~
35946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35948 reference "sec:Tables"
35955 \begin_layout Subsection
35959 \begin_layout Standard
35961 Graphics are described in section
35962 \begin_inset space ~
35966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35968 reference "sec:Graphics"
35975 \begin_layout Subsection
35979 \begin_layout Standard
35980 Inserts an URL as described in section
35981 \begin_inset space ~
35985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35987 reference "sub:URLs"
35994 \begin_layout Subsection
35998 \begin_layout Standard
35999 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36000 \begin_inset space ~
36004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36006 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36013 \begin_layout Subsection
36017 \begin_layout Standard
36018 Inserts a footnote, see section
36019 \begin_inset space ~
36023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36025 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36032 \begin_layout Subsection
36036 \begin_layout Standard
36037 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36038 \begin_inset space ~
36042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36044 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36051 \begin_layout Subsection
36055 \begin_layout Standard
36056 Inserts a short title, see section
36057 \begin_inset space ~
36061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36063 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36070 \begin_layout Subsection
36074 \begin_layout Standard
36075 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36076 \begin_inset space ~
36080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36082 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36089 \begin_layout Subsection
36091 \begin_inset Index idx
36094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36103 \begin_layout Standard
36104 Inserts a program listings box.
36105 Program listings are explained in chapter
36107 Program Code Listings
36116 \begin_layout Subsection
36120 \begin_layout Standard
36121 Inserts the actual date.
36122 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36124 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36134 There the different methods are also compared.
36137 \begin_layout Section
36139 \begin_inset Index idx
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36151 \begin_layout Standard
36152 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36153 \begin_inset space ~
36156 of the current document.
36157 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36160 \begin_layout Subsection
36164 \begin_layout Standard
36165 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36166 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36172 \begin_inset space \space{}
36176 \begin_inset space ~
36180 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36181 \begin_inset space ~
36184 2.5 and use the menu
36187 \begin_inset space ~
36191 \begin_inset space ~
36198 \begin_inset space ~
36204 \begin_inset space ~
36208 \begin_inset space ~
36214 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36218 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36224 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36230 \begin_layout Standard
36231 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36232 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36235 \begin_layout Subsection
36236 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36239 \begin_layout Standard
36240 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36244 \begin_layout Subsection
36248 \begin_layout Standard
36249 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36250 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36251 on a cross-reference box.
36254 \begin_layout Section
36256 \begin_inset Index idx
36259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 \begin_layout Subsection
36272 \begin_layout Standard
36273 Change Tracking is described in section
36274 \begin_inset space ~
36278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36280 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36287 \begin_layout Subsection
36292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36302 \begin_layout Standard
36303 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36305 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36308 \begin_layout Standard
36309 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36314 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36317 \begin_layout Subsection
36321 \begin_layout Standard
36322 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36323 \begin_inset space ~
36327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36329 reference "sec:Navigating"
36334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36336 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36343 \begin_layout Subsection
36344 Start Appendix Here
36347 \begin_layout Standard
36348 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36349 position as described in section
36350 \begin_inset space ~
36354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36356 reference "sec:Appendices"
36363 \begin_layout Subsection
36367 \begin_layout Standard
36368 Un/compresses the current document.
36371 \begin_layout Subsection
36375 \begin_layout Standard
36376 The document settings are described in appendix
36377 \begin_inset space ~
36381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36383 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36390 \begin_layout Section
36392 \begin_inset Index idx
36395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36404 \begin_layout Subsection
36408 \begin_layout Standard
36409 Spell checking is explained in section
36410 \begin_inset space ~
36414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36416 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36423 \begin_layout Subsection
36427 \begin_layout Standard
36428 The thesaurus is described in section
36429 \begin_inset space ~
36433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36435 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36442 \begin_layout Subsection
36444 \begin_inset Index idx
36447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36454 \begin_inset Index idx
36457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36468 highlighted document part.
36471 \begin_layout Subsection
36473 \begin_inset Index idx
36476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36485 \begin_layout Standard
36486 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36489 \begin_layout Subsection
36491 \begin_inset Index idx
36494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36495 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36506 Reconfiguration of LyX
36510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36523 \begin_inset Index idx
36526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36527 Reconfiguration of LyX
36535 \begin_layout Standard
36536 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36537 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36538 \begin_inset space ~
36542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36544 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36551 \begin_layout Subsection
36555 \begin_layout Standard
36556 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36563 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36570 \begin_layout Section
36572 \begin_inset Index idx
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36584 \begin_layout Standard
36585 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36589 \begin_layout Standard
36593 \begin_inset space ~
36598 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36599 found by LyX (see also section
36600 \begin_inset space ~
36604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36606 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36613 \begin_layout Section
36615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36617 name "sec:Toolbars"
36624 \begin_layout Standard
36625 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36626 \begin_inset space ~
36630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36632 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36639 \begin_layout Standard
36640 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36641 This is described in the
36643 Additional Features
36648 \begin_layout Subsection
36650 \begin_inset Index idx
36653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36662 \begin_layout Standard
36663 \begin_inset Graphics
36664 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36672 \begin_layout Standard
36673 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36679 \begin_layout Standard
36680 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36697 \begin_inset Note Note
36700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36701 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36706 manual for more information.
36714 \begin_layout Standard
36715 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36721 \begin_layout Standard
36722 \begin_inset Tabular
36723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36724 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36732 \begin_inset Graphics
36733 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36747 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36760 \begin_layout Standard
36761 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36767 \begin_layout Standard
36769 \begin_inset Tabular
36770 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36771 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
36772 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36773 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36774 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 \begin_inset Graphics
36782 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36783 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36810 \begin_inset Graphics
36811 filename ../images/file-open.png
36812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36827 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 \begin_inset Graphics
36840 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36841 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36863 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 \begin_inset Graphics
36869 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36885 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36897 \begin_inset Graphics
36898 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36914 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 \begin_inset Graphics
36927 filename ../images/undo.png
36928 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36955 \begin_inset Graphics
36956 filename ../images/redo.png
36957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36972 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36984 \begin_inset Graphics
36985 filename ../images/cut.png
36986 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37008 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37013 \begin_inset Graphics
37014 filename ../images/copy.png
37015 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37030 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 \begin_inset Graphics
37043 filename ../images/paste.png
37044 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37066 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37071 \begin_inset Graphics
37072 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37073 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37074 rotateOrigin center
37083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37089 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37109 \begin_inset Graphics
37110 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37124 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37126 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37128 \begin_inset space ~
37139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37144 \begin_inset Graphics
37145 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37146 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37159 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37161 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37163 \begin_inset space ~
37174 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37179 \begin_inset Graphics
37180 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37181 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37194 Formats text using the current settings in the
37196 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37198 \begin_inset space ~
37209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 \begin_inset Graphics
37215 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37232 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37234 \begin_inset space ~
37243 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37248 \begin_inset Graphics
37249 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37250 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37251 rotateOrigin center
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37273 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37278 \begin_inset Graphics
37279 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37280 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37281 rotateOrigin center
37290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37303 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37308 \begin_inset Graphics
37309 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37310 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37311 rotateOrigin center
37320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37324 Toggle outline window on/off,
37326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37338 \begin_inset Graphics
37339 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37340 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37341 rotateOrigin center
37350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37354 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 \begin_inset Graphics
37366 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37368 rotateOrigin center
37377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37394 \begin_layout Subsection
37396 \begin_inset Index idx
37399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37408 \begin_layout Standard
37409 \begin_inset Graphics
37410 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37418 \begin_layout Standard
37419 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37425 \begin_layout Standard
37426 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37430 \begin_layout Standard
37431 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37437 \begin_layout Standard
37438 \begin_inset Tabular
37439 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37440 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
37441 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37442 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37448 \begin_inset Graphics
37449 filename ../images/layout.png
37450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37451 rotateOrigin center
37460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37475 \begin_inset Graphics
37476 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37477 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37478 rotateOrigin center
37487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37502 \begin_inset Graphics
37503 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37504 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37505 rotateOrigin center
37514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37529 \begin_inset Graphics
37530 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37532 rotateOrigin center
37541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37556 \begin_inset Graphics
37557 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37559 rotateOrigin center
37568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37583 \begin_inset Graphics
37584 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37585 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37586 rotateOrigin center
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37601 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37603 \begin_inset space ~
37607 \begin_inset space ~
37616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 \begin_inset Graphics
37622 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37624 rotateOrigin center
37633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37639 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37641 \begin_inset space ~
37645 \begin_inset space ~
37654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 \begin_inset Graphics
37660 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37677 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37684 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 \begin_inset Graphics
37690 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37707 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 \begin_inset Graphics
37720 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37748 \begin_inset Graphics
37749 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37765 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37777 \begin_inset Graphics
37778 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37806 \begin_inset Graphics
37807 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37825 \begin_inset space ~
37834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37839 \begin_inset Graphics
37840 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37841 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37858 \begin_inset space ~
37867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37872 \begin_inset Graphics
37873 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37901 \begin_inset Graphics
37902 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37904 rotateOrigin center
37913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37921 \begin_inset space ~
37930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37935 \begin_inset Graphics
37936 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37953 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37955 \begin_inset space ~
37964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37969 \begin_inset Graphics
37970 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37998 \begin_inset Graphics
37999 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38027 \begin_inset Graphics
38028 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38029 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38044 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38071 \begin_inset Graphics
38072 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38073 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38089 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 \begin_inset Graphics
38102 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38119 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38121 \begin_inset space ~
38130 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38135 \begin_inset Graphics
38136 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38137 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38138 rotateOrigin center
38147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38153 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38155 \begin_inset space ~
38164 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38169 \begin_inset Graphics
38170 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38171 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38172 rotateOrigin center
38181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38187 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38189 \begin_inset space ~
38198 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38203 \begin_inset Graphics
38204 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38205 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38206 rotateOrigin center
38215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38221 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38235 \begin_layout Subsection
38236 View / Update Toolbar
38237 \begin_inset Index idx
38240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38241 Toolbar ! View / Update
38249 \begin_layout Standard
38250 \begin_inset Graphics
38251 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38258 \begin_layout Standard
38259 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38265 \begin_layout Standard
38266 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38270 \begin_layout Standard
38271 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38277 \begin_layout Standard
38278 \begin_inset Tabular
38279 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38280 <features islongtable="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
38281 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38282 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 \begin_inset Graphics
38289 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38290 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38291 rotateOrigin center
38300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38306 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38318 \begin_inset Graphics
38319 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38320 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38321 rotateOrigin center
38330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38336 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38337 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38349 \begin_inset Graphics
38350 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38351 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38352 rotateOrigin center
38361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38379 \begin_inset Graphics
38380 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38381 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38382 rotateOrigin center
38391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38397 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38398 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38410 \begin_inset Graphics
38411 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38413 rotateOrigin center
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38428 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38440 \begin_inset Graphics
38441 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38443 rotateOrigin center
38452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38458 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38459 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38473 \begin_layout Subsection
38477 \begin_layout Standard
38478 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38479 \begin_inset space ~
38483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38485 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38489 , the table toolbar
38490 \begin_inset Index idx
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 manual, the math macro toolbar
38504 \begin_inset Index idx
38507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38520 \begin_layout Chapter
38521 The Document Settings
38522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38524 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38529 \begin_inset Index idx
38532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38533 Document ! Settings
38541 \begin_layout Standard
38542 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38543 whole document and is called with the menu
38545 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38549 You can save your document settings as default with th
38551 e Save as Document Defaults
38553 button in the dialog.
38554 This will create a template name
38562 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38566 \begin_layout Standard
38567 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38570 \begin_layout Section
38574 \begin_layout Standard
38575 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38577 Document classes are described in section
38578 \begin_inset space ~
38582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38584 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38589 Some classes use some class options by default.
38590 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38594 and you can decide to use them or not.
38595 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38596 recommended not to touch them.
38597 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38603 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38604 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 When you want one of the following drivers
38610 \begin_inset Newline newline
38613 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38614 \begin_inset Newline newline
38617 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38622 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38624 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38636 \begin_layout Standard
38637 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38638 child or subdocument.
38639 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38640 without its master.
38641 This way child documents are always compileable.
38642 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38653 \begin_layout Section
38657 \begin_layout Standard
38658 Modules are explained in section
38659 \begin_inset space ~
38663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38665 reference "sub:Modules"
38672 \begin_layout Section
38676 \begin_layout Standard
38677 The document font settings are described in section
38678 \begin_inset space ~
38682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38684 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38691 \begin_layout Section
38695 \begin_layout Standard
38696 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38698 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38702 \begin_layout Standard
38703 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38704 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38705 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38708 \begin_layout Standard
38709 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38717 \begin_layout Section
38721 \begin_layout Standard
38722 A description of this menu is given in section
38723 \begin_inset space ~
38727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38729 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38736 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38743 \begin_layout Section
38747 \begin_layout Standard
38748 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38749 \begin_inset space ~
38753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38755 reference "sub:Margins"
38762 \begin_layout Section
38764 \begin_inset Index idx
38767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38768 Language ! Encoding
38776 \begin_layout Standard
38777 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38778 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38779 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38780 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38781 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38782 known for a particular character).
38786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38787 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38788 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38793 manual for details.
38801 \begin_layout Standard
38802 If you use the option
38806 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38807 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38808 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38809 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38810 exactly one encoding.
38811 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38820 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38821 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38823 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38824 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38839 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38840 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38841 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38842 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38843 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38844 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38849 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38850 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38851 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38854 \begin_layout Standard
38855 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38858 \begin_layout Description
38860 \begin_inset space ~
38864 \begin_inset space ~
38868 \begin_inset space ~
38875 , but the LaTeX-package
38880 \begin_inset Index idx
38883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38884 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38890 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38891 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38892 languages in TeX code.
38895 \begin_layout Description
38896 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38897 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38898 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38901 \begin_layout Description
38903 \begin_inset space ~
38907 \begin_inset space ~
38910 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38913 \begin_layout Description
38915 \begin_inset space ~
38919 \begin_inset space ~
38922 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38925 \begin_layout Description
38927 \begin_inset space ~
38930 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38933 \begin_layout Description
38935 \begin_inset space ~
38939 \begin_inset space ~
38942 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38943 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38946 \begin_layout Description
38948 \begin_inset space ~
38952 \begin_inset space ~
38955 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38959 \begin_layout Description
38961 \begin_inset space ~
38965 \begin_inset space ~
38968 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38969 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38972 \begin_layout Description
38974 \begin_inset space ~
38978 \begin_inset space ~
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38985 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38992 \begin_layout Description
38994 \begin_inset space ~
38998 \begin_inset space ~
39002 \begin_inset space ~
39005 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39006 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39009 \begin_layout Description
39011 \begin_inset space ~
39015 \begin_inset space ~
39018 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39019 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39020 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39021 \begin_inset space ~
39025 \begin_inset space ~
39031 \begin_layout Description
39033 \begin_inset space ~
39037 \begin_inset space ~
39040 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39041 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39042 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39043 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39044 \begin_inset space ~
39048 \begin_inset space ~
39054 \begin_layout Description
39056 \begin_inset space ~
39060 \begin_inset space ~
39063 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39066 \begin_layout Description
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39072 \begin_inset space ~
39075 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39078 \begin_layout Description
39080 \begin_inset space ~
39084 \begin_inset space ~
39087 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39090 \begin_layout Description
39092 \begin_inset space ~
39095 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39098 \begin_layout Description
39100 \begin_inset space ~
39103 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39106 \begin_layout Description
39108 \begin_inset space ~
39112 \begin_inset space ~
39115 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39118 \begin_layout Description
39120 \begin_inset space ~
39124 \begin_inset space ~
39130 \begin_layout Description
39132 \begin_inset space ~
39136 \begin_inset space ~
39139 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39142 \begin_layout Description
39144 \begin_inset space ~
39148 \begin_inset space ~
39154 \begin_layout Description
39156 \begin_inset space ~
39160 \begin_inset space ~
39163 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39168 \begin_inset Index idx
39171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39177 , when using this, set the document language to
39182 \begin_layout Description
39184 \begin_inset space ~
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39191 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39195 , when using this, set the document language to
39200 \begin_layout Description
39202 \begin_inset space ~
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39209 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39214 \begin_inset Index idx
39217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39218 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39223 , when using this, set the document language to
39228 \begin_layout Description
39230 \begin_inset space ~
39234 \begin_inset space ~
39237 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39241 , when using this, set the document language to
39246 \begin_layout Description
39248 \begin_inset space ~
39252 \begin_inset space ~
39255 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39259 , when using this, set the document language to
39264 \begin_layout Description
39266 \begin_inset space ~
39269 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39272 \begin_layout Description
39274 \begin_inset space ~
39278 \begin_inset space ~
39282 \begin_inset space ~
39285 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39288 \begin_layout Description
39290 \begin_inset space ~
39294 \begin_inset space ~
39298 \begin_inset space ~
39301 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39302 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39303 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39306 \begin_layout Description
39308 \begin_inset space ~
39312 \begin_inset space ~
39318 \begin_layout Description
39320 \begin_inset space ~
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39327 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39328 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39331 \begin_layout Description
39333 \begin_inset space ~
39337 \begin_inset space ~
39340 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39345 \begin_inset Index idx
39348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39349 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39354 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39357 \begin_layout Description
39359 \begin_inset space ~
39363 \begin_inset space ~
39366 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39370 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39379 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39380 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39394 \begin_layout Description
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39400 \begin_inset space ~
39403 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39408 \begin_inset Index idx
39411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39412 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39417 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39420 \begin_layout Description
39422 \begin_inset space ~
39425 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39430 \begin_inset Index idx
39433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39434 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39440 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39444 \begin_layout Description
39446 \begin_inset space ~
39450 \begin_inset space ~
39454 \begin_inset space ~
39457 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39458 \begin_inset space ~
39464 \begin_layout Description
39466 \begin_inset space ~
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39474 \begin_inset space ~
39477 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39478 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39479 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39483 \begin_layout Description
39485 \begin_inset space ~
39489 \begin_inset space ~
39493 \begin_inset space ~
39496 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39497 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39500 \begin_layout Section
39504 \begin_layout Standard
39505 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39513 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39520 \begin_layout Section
39524 \begin_layout Standard
39525 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39530 \begin_inset Index idx
39533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39534 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39544 \begin_inset Index idx
39547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39548 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39554 For a further description see section
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39561 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39568 \begin_layout Section
39572 \begin_layout Standard
39573 The PDF properties are explained in section
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39580 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39587 \begin_layout Section
39591 \begin_layout Standard
39592 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39597 \begin_inset Index idx
39600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39601 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39611 \begin_inset Index idx
39614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39615 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39620 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39623 \begin_layout Standard
39628 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39629 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39632 \begin_layout Standard
39637 is used for special integral characters.
39640 \begin_layout Section
39644 \begin_layout Standard
39645 The float placement options are described in section
39646 \begin_inset space ~
39650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39652 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39659 \begin_layout Section
39663 \begin_layout Standard
39664 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39665 The itemize environment is described in section
39666 \begin_inset space ~
39670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39672 reference "sec:Itemize"
39679 \begin_layout Section
39683 \begin_layout Standard
39684 Branches are described in section
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39691 reference "sec:Branches"
39698 \begin_layout Section
39703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39713 \begin_layout Standard
39714 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39715 to define LaTeX-commands.
39716 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39717 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39721 \begin_layout Standard
39722 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39723 \begin_inset space ~
39727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39729 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39736 \begin_layout Chapter
39742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39744 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39749 \begin_inset Index idx
39752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39761 \begin_layout Standard
39762 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39764 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39768 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39771 \begin_layout Section
39775 \begin_layout Subsection
39779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39780 User Interface File
39781 \begin_inset Index idx
39784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39785 Customization ! of toolbars
39791 \begin_inset Index idx
39794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39795 Customization ! of menus
39803 \begin_layout Standard
39804 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39812 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39821 \begin_layout Standard
39822 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39823 interface (ui) file.
39824 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39825 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39834 Both files are loaded by the
39839 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39840 files and edit the entries.
39843 \begin_layout Standard
39844 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39856 entries must be ended with an explicit
39881 and in the case of the
39882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39894 The syntax for the entries is:
39897 \begin_layout Standard
39898 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39926 \begin_layout Standard
39928 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39931 All LyX-functions are listed in
39932 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39941 \begin_layout Standard
39942 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39948 \begin_layout Standard
39949 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39951 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39954 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39958 \begin_layout Standard
39959 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39964 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39967 \begin_layout Standard
39969 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39972 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39979 \begin_layout Standard
39982 Enable tool tips in main work area
39984 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39992 \begin_layout Standard
39996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40003 restoring of window layout and geometries
40005 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40006 in the last LyX session.
40009 \begin_layout Standard
40012 Restore cursor positions
40014 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40018 \begin_layout Standard
40021 Load opened files from last session
40023 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40030 name "sub:Backup documents"
40035 \begin_inset Index idx
40038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40047 \begin_layout Standard
40052 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40055 \begin_layout Standard
40060 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40063 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_layout Standard
40076 Open documents in tabs
40078 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40082 \begin_layout Subsection
40084 \begin_inset Index idx
40087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40096 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40103 \begin_layout Standard
40104 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40107 \begin_layout Standard
40108 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40116 This section only deals with the fonts
40121 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40124 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40125 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40136 \begin_layout Standard
40137 By default, LyX uses
40141 as roman (serif) font,
40149 (depends on the system) as
40152 \begin_inset space ~
40168 \begin_layout Standard
40169 You can change the font size with the
40174 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40175 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40178 \begin_layout Standard
40183 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40184 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40186 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40189 points have the size of 1
40190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40200 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40207 \begin_layout Standard
40212 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40217 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40218 \begin_inset space ~
40222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40224 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40231 \begin_layout Standard
40234 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40236 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40237 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40238 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40239 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40241 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40248 \begin_layout Subsection
40250 \begin_inset Index idx
40253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40260 \begin_inset Index idx
40263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40272 \begin_layout Standard
40273 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40274 Choose an item in the list and use the
40281 \begin_layout Subsection
40283 \begin_inset Index idx
40286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40287 Settings ! Graphics
40295 \begin_layout Standard
40296 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40304 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40305 This feature is described in section
40306 \begin_inset space ~
40310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40312 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40319 \begin_layout Section
40321 \begin_inset Index idx
40324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 \begin_layout Subsection
40337 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40341 \begin_layout Standard
40344 Cursor follows scrollbar
40346 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40350 \begin_layout Standard
40353 Sort environments alphabetically
40355 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40358 \begin_layout Standard
40361 Group environments by their category
40363 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40366 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40370 \begin_layout Standard
40371 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40376 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40377 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40381 \begin_layout Subsection
40383 \begin_inset Index idx
40386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40393 \begin_inset Index idx
40396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40397 Settings ! Shortcuts
40405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40409 \begin_layout Standard
40410 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40411 Several binding files are available:
40414 \begin_layout Description
40415 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40418 \begin_layout Description
40419 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40430 \begin_layout Description
40431 mac.bind set of bindings for
40434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40442 \begin_layout Standard
40443 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40447 , and bind files for special languages.
40448 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40453 \begin_inset space \space{}
40457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40465 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40469 \begin_layout Standard
40470 Some bind-files, like
40474 , have only a small scope.
40475 When looking at the the end of the file
40479 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40482 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40486 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40491 \begin_inset Index idx
40494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40495 Key Bindings ! Editing
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40505 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40506 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40509 Show key-bindings containing
40512 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40513 Insert there for example as keyword
40514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40521 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40531 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40532 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40536 that you find in the
40543 \begin_layout Standard
40545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40549 \begin_inset space \space{}
40560 , select the function and press the
40565 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40566 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40567 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40568 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40569 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40571 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40573 The binding for the function
40577 is an example for this.
40580 \begin_layout Standard
40581 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40583 The syntax of the entries is:
40586 \begin_layout Standard
40592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40610 \begin_layout Subsection
40612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40622 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40627 \begin_inset Index idx
40630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40637 \begin_inset Index idx
40640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40641 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40649 \begin_layout Standard
40650 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40651 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40657 \begin_inset space \space{}
40660 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40661 can use the keyboard map file named
40668 \begin_layout Standard
40669 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40677 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40685 \begin_layout Standard
40686 Besides this, you can specify here the
40688 Wheel scrolling speed
40691 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40695 \begin_layout Subsection
40697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40699 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40704 \begin_inset Index idx
40707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40716 \begin_layout Standard
40717 Input completion is described in sec.
40718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40724 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40729 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40731 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40732 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40736 \begin_layout Section
40738 \begin_inset Index idx
40741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40748 \begin_inset Index idx
40751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40760 \begin_layout Description
40762 \begin_inset space ~
40765 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40766 It is the default when you
40777 \begin_inset space ~
40785 \begin_layout Description
40787 \begin_inset space ~
40790 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40792 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40794 \begin_inset space ~
40798 \begin_inset space ~
40806 \begin_layout Description
40808 \begin_inset space ~
40811 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40817 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40821 \begin_inset Newline newline
40825 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40837 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40845 \begin_layout Description
40847 \begin_inset space ~
40851 \begin_inset Index idx
40854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40860 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40861 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40862 \begin_inset space ~
40866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40868 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40876 will be used to save the backups.
40877 \begin_inset Newline newline
40880 The backup files have the ending
40881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40891 \begin_layout Description
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40903 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40904 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40905 \begin_inset Newline newline
40909 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40917 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40925 \begin_layout Description
40927 \begin_inset space ~
40930 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40933 \begin_layout Description
40935 \begin_inset space ~
40938 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40939 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40940 to find it on the system.
40941 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40942 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40948 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40951 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40952 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40956 \begin_layout Section
40960 \begin_layout Standard
40961 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40962 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40964 \begin_inset space ~
40968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40970 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40974 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40977 \begin_layout Section
40979 \begin_inset Index idx
40982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40983 Language ! Settings
40989 \begin_inset Index idx
40992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40993 Settings ! Language
41001 \begin_layout Subsection
41005 \begin_layout Description
41007 \begin_inset space ~
41011 \begin_inset space ~
41014 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41015 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41016 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41017 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41018 You find the actual translation status here:
41019 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41021 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41022 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41029 \begin_layout Description
41031 \begin_inset space ~
41034 language is the language used in new documents
41037 \begin_layout Description
41039 \begin_inset space ~
41042 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41044 The default is the LaTeX-command
41050 that loads the package
41058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41059 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41060 \begin_inset space ~
41064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41066 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41076 \begin_inset Newline newline
41083 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41084 the document language.
41085 A text label is for instance the word
41086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41093 at the beginning of every table caption.
41096 \begin_layout Description
41098 \begin_inset space ~
41101 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41102 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41103 An example is the start command
41109 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41129 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41134 \begin_layout Description
41136 \begin_inset space ~
41144 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41145 command toggles the package on and off.
41148 \begin_layout Description
41150 \begin_inset space ~
41160 \begin_layout Description
41161 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41162 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41163 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41164 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41171 \begin_layout Description
41173 \begin_inset space ~
41176 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41178 When this option is not set, the
41181 \begin_inset space ~
41186 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41187 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41190 \begin_inset space ~
41198 \begin_layout Description
41200 \begin_inset space ~
41206 \begin_inset space ~
41212 When it is not set, the
41215 \begin_inset space ~
41220 is set to the end of the document.
41223 \begin_layout Description
41225 \begin_inset space ~
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41232 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41233 language will be underlined blue.
41236 \begin_layout Description
41238 \begin_inset space ~
41242 \begin_inset space ~
41245 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41246 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41249 \begin_layout Description
41251 \begin_inset space ~
41254 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41255 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41256 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41257 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41260 \begin_layout Subsection
41264 \begin_layout Standard
41265 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41266 \begin_inset space ~
41270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41272 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41279 \begin_layout Section
41283 \begin_layout Subsection
41285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41292 \begin_inset Index idx
41295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41302 \begin_inset Index idx
41305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41314 \begin_layout Description
41316 \begin_inset space ~
41319 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41320 The name will be used when the
41325 \begin_inset Newline newline
41329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41337 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41346 \begin_layout Description
41348 \begin_inset space ~
41352 \begin_inset space ~
41356 \begin_inset space ~
41359 printer This option works only for the
41364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41376 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41377 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41380 \begin_layout Description
41382 \begin_inset space ~
41385 command is the command LyX
41386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41393 LaTeX uses for printing.
41394 The default is on most systems
41401 \begin_layout Description
41403 \begin_inset space ~
41407 \begin_inset space ~
41410 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41411 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41412 of the program that provides the
41419 \begin_layout Subsection
41421 \begin_inset Index idx
41424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41431 \begin_inset Index idx
41434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 Settings ! Date format
41443 \begin_layout Standard
41444 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41445 \begin_inset Newline newline
41449 \begin_inset Flex URL
41452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41454 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41460 \begin_inset Newline newline
41463 For example the format
41464 \begin_inset Newline newline
41468 \begin_inset Newline newline
41471 prints the date as day/month/year.
41474 \begin_layout Subsection
41478 \begin_layout Description
41480 \begin_inset space ~
41484 \begin_inset space ~
41487 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41490 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41491 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41493 \begin_inset space ~
41499 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41503 \begin_layout Description
41505 \begin_inset space ~
41508 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41513 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41514 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41517 \begin_layout Subsection
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41532 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41537 \begin_inset Index idx
41540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41549 \begin_layout Description
41554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41562 \begin_inset space ~
41565 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41570 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41592 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41605 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41606 LyX sets up in the background.
41607 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41610 \begin_layout Description
41612 \begin_inset space ~
41616 \begin_inset space ~
41619 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41624 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41627 \begin_layout Standard
41628 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41629 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41630 manuals of the applications.
41631 Currently the following commands can be set:
41634 \begin_layout Description
41639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41647 \begin_inset space ~
41650 command Command for the program
41654 that is described in section
41660 Additional Features
41665 \begin_layout Description
41670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41681 command Command for the program
41685 that generates the bibliography, see section
41686 \begin_inset space ~
41690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41692 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41699 \begin_layout Description
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41704 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41705 \begin_inset space ~
41709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41711 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41718 \begin_layout Description
41720 \begin_inset space ~
41723 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41724 \begin_inset space ~
41728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41730 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41737 \begin_layout Description
41739 \begin_inset space ~
41743 \begin_inset space ~
41747 \begin_inset space ~
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41754 options They only have an effect when the program
41758 is used as DVI-viewer.
41761 \begin_layout Standard
41762 There are additionally the following options:
41765 \begin_layout Description
41767 \begin_inset space ~
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_inset space ~
41779 \begin_inset space ~
41783 \begin_inset space ~
41786 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41804 to separate folders.
41805 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41806 \begin_inset Index idx
41809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41816 \begin_inset Index idx
41819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41828 \begin_layout Description
41830 \begin_inset space ~
41834 \begin_inset space ~
41838 \begin_inset space ~
41842 \begin_inset space ~
41846 \begin_inset space ~
41850 \begin_inset space ~
41853 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41855 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41858 dialog when changing the document class.
41861 \begin_layout Section
41863 \begin_inset space ~
41867 \begin_inset Index idx
41870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41879 \begin_layout Subsection
41881 \begin_inset Index idx
41884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41893 \begin_layout Standard
41894 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41895 from one format to another.
41896 You can modify them or create new ones.
41897 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41904 \begin_inset space ~
41914 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41918 \begin_inset space ~
41923 drop-down list, modify the
41927 field, and press the
41934 \begin_layout Standard
41937 Converter File Cache
41939 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41942 Maximum Age (in days
41945 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41946 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41949 \begin_layout Standard
41950 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41951 the converter definition, is described in section
41962 \begin_layout Subsection
41964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41966 name "sec:File-Formats"
41971 \begin_inset Index idx
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41981 \begin_inset Index idx
41984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41993 \begin_layout Standard
41994 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41995 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41999 \begin_layout Standard
42000 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42001 is described in section
42012 \begin_layout Standard
42013 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42014 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42015 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42016 This is done by specifying a
42021 More about this is described in section
42032 \begin_layout Chapter
42033 Units available in LyX
42034 \begin_inset Index idx
42037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42046 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42053 \begin_layout Standard
42054 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42057 reference "cap:Units"
42061 explains all units available in LyX.
42064 \begin_layout Standard
42065 \begin_inset Float table
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42072 \begin_inset Caption
42074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42098 \begin_inset Tabular
42099 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42100 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42253 scaled point (65536
42254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42314 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42369 % of original image width
42376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42583 \begin_layout Chapter
42585 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42594 \begin_layout Standard
42595 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42596 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42599 \begin_layout Itemize
42602 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42605 \begin_layout Itemize
42611 \begin_layout Itemize
42617 \begin_layout Itemize
42623 \begin_layout Itemize
42629 \begin_layout Itemize
42635 \begin_layout Itemize
42641 \begin_layout Itemize
42647 \begin_layout Itemize
42650 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42653 \begin_layout Itemize
42659 \begin_layout Itemize
42665 \begin_layout Itemize
42671 \begin_layout Itemize
42677 \begin_layout Itemize
42683 \begin_layout Itemize
42689 \begin_layout Itemize
42695 \begin_layout Itemize
42701 \begin_layout Itemize
42703 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42712 \begin_layout Standard
42713 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42716 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42723 \begin_layout Bibliography
42724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42725 LatexCommand bibitem
42732 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42735 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42740 \begin_inset Newline newline
42744 \begin_inset Flex URL
42747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42749 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42757 \begin_layout Bibliography
42758 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42759 LatexCommand bibitem
42760 key "latexcompanion"
42764 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42766 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42769 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42772 \begin_layout Bibliography
42773 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42774 LatexCommand bibitem
42779 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42782 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42785 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42788 \begin_layout Bibliography
42789 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42790 LatexCommand bibitem
42797 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42800 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42803 \begin_layout Bibliography
42804 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42805 LatexCommand bibitem
42817 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42820 \begin_layout Bibliography
42821 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42822 LatexCommand bibitem
42828 \begin_inset Newline newline
42832 \begin_inset Flex URL
42835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42837 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42845 \begin_layout Bibliography
42846 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42847 LatexCommand bibitem
42853 \begin_inset Newline newline
42857 \begin_inset Flex URL
42860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42870 \begin_layout Bibliography
42871 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42872 LatexCommand bibitem
42878 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42880 name "Documentation"
42881 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42890 \begin_inset Newline newline
42894 \begin_inset Flex URL
42897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42899 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42907 \begin_layout Bibliography
42908 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42909 LatexCommand bibitem
42915 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42917 name "Documentation"
42918 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
42922 how to use the program
42927 \begin_inset Newline newline
42931 \begin_inset Flex URL
42934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42936 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
42944 \begin_layout Bibliography
42945 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42946 LatexCommand bibitem
42952 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42954 name "Documentation"
42955 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42964 \begin_inset Newline newline
42968 \begin_inset Flex URL
42971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42973 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42981 \begin_layout Bibliography
42982 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42983 LatexCommand bibitem
42989 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42991 name "Documentation"
42992 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43001 \begin_inset Newline newline
43005 \begin_inset Flex URL
43008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43010 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43018 \begin_layout Bibliography
43019 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43020 LatexCommand bibitem
43026 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43028 name "Documentation"
43029 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43033 of the LaTeX-package
43038 \begin_inset Index idx
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43048 \begin_inset Newline newline
43052 \begin_inset Flex URL
43055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43057 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43065 \begin_layout Bibliography
43066 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43067 LatexCommand bibitem
43073 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43075 name "Documentation"
43076 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43080 of the LaTeX-package
43085 \begin_inset Index idx
43088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43089 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43095 \begin_inset Newline newline
43099 \begin_inset Flex URL
43102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43104 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43112 \begin_layout Bibliography
43113 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43114 LatexCommand bibitem
43122 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43124 name "Documentation"
43125 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43131 of the LaTeX-package
43136 \begin_inset Index idx
43139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43140 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43146 \begin_inset Newline newline
43150 \begin_inset Flex URL
43153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43155 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43163 \begin_layout Bibliography
43164 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43165 LatexCommand bibitem
43171 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43173 name "Documentation"
43174 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43178 of the LaTeX-package
43183 \begin_inset Index idx
43186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43187 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43193 \begin_inset Newline newline
43197 \begin_inset Flex URL
43200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43202 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43210 \begin_layout Bibliography
43211 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43212 LatexCommand bibitem
43218 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43220 name "Documentation"
43221 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43225 of the LaTeX-package
43230 \begin_inset Index idx
43233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43234 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43240 \begin_inset Newline newline
43244 \begin_inset Flex URL
43247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43249 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43257 \begin_layout Bibliography
43258 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43259 LatexCommand bibitem
43265 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43267 name "Documentation"
43268 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43272 of the LaTeX-package
43277 \begin_inset Index idx
43280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43281 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43287 \begin_inset Newline newline
43291 \begin_inset Flex URL
43294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43296 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43304 \begin_layout Bibliography
43305 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43306 LatexCommand bibitem
43312 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43315 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43319 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43320 \begin_inset Newline newline
43324 \begin_inset Flex URL
43327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43329 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43337 \begin_layout Bibliography
43338 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43339 LatexCommand bibitem
43345 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43348 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43352 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43353 \begin_inset Newline newline
43357 \begin_inset Flex URL
43360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43362 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43370 \begin_layout Bibliography
43371 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43372 LatexCommand bibitem
43378 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43381 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43385 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43386 \begin_inset Newline newline
43390 \begin_inset Flex URL
43393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43395 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43403 \begin_layout Bibliography
43404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43405 LatexCommand bibitem
43411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43414 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43418 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43419 \begin_inset Newline newline
43423 \begin_inset Flex URL
43426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43428 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43436 \begin_layout Bibliography
43437 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43438 LatexCommand bibitem
43444 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43447 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43451 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43452 \begin_inset Newline newline
43456 \begin_inset Flex URL
43459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43461 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43469 \begin_layout Bibliography
43470 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43471 LatexCommand bibitem
43477 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43480 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43484 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43485 \begin_inset Newline newline
43489 \begin_inset Flex URL
43492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43494 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43502 \begin_layout Bibliography
43503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43504 LatexCommand bibitem
43510 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43513 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43517 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43518 \begin_inset Newline newline
43522 \begin_inset Flex URL
43525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43527 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43535 \begin_layout Bibliography
43536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43537 LatexCommand bibitem
43543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43546 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43550 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43551 \begin_inset Newline newline
43555 \begin_inset Flex URL
43558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43560 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43568 \begin_layout Bibliography
43569 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43570 LatexCommand bibitem
43576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43579 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43583 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43584 \begin_inset Newline newline
43588 \begin_inset Flex URL
43591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43593 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43601 \begin_layout Bibliography
43602 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43603 LatexCommand bibitem
43609 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43612 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43616 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43617 \begin_inset Newline newline
43621 \begin_inset Flex URL
43624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43626 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43634 \begin_layout Bibliography
43635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43636 LatexCommand bibitem
43642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43645 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43649 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43650 \begin_inset Newline newline
43654 \begin_inset Flex URL
43657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43659 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43667 \begin_layout Bibliography
43668 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43669 LatexCommand bibitem
43675 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43678 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43682 about new features in
43687 \begin_inset Newline newline
43691 \begin_inset Flex URL
43694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43696 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43704 \begin_layout Standard
43705 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43739 \begin_inset Note Note
43742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43749 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43750 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43751 bibliography is the second one:
43759 \begin_layout Standard
43760 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43761 LatexCommand bibtex
43762 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43763 options "biblio/alphadin"
43770 \begin_layout Standard
43771 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43774 \begin_layout Standard
43777 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43778 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43783 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43784 LatexCommand printindex